public inbox for gentoo-commits@lists.gentoo.org
 help / color / mirror / Atom feed
* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-10 15:16 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-10 15:16 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     141a7dfa757cafe54a3fbb33121c16ad417cf721
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug 10 15:10:33 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug 10 15:11:05 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=141a7dfa

usage guide (incomplete)

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 1103 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 1103 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c444685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,1103 @@
+.. _roverlay-9999.ebuild:
+   http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=blob;f=roverlay-9999.ebuild;hb=refs/heads/master
+
+.. _roverlay git repo:
+   http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=summary
+
+.. _omegahat's PACKAGES file:
+   http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib/PACKAGES
+
+.. _ConfigParser:
+   http://docs.python.org/library/configparser.html
+
+
+.. contents::
+
+
+==============
+ Introduction
+==============
+
+*roverlay* is
+Automatically Generated Overlay of R packages;;
+GSoC Project;;
+<>;;
+
+
+==============
+ Installation
+==============
+
+---------------
+ Prerequisites
+---------------
+
+* python >= 2.7 (tested with python 2.7 and 3.2)
+
+* argparse (http://code.google.com/p/argparse)
+
+* rsync (for using rsync repositories)
+
+* for Manifest creation:
+
+  * *ebuild* from portage
+  * *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
+    package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
+
+* for generating documentation files: python docutils > 0.8.1
+
+* hardware requirements (when the default configuration):
+
+   disk
+      * a filesystem that supports symbolic links
+      * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages when using the default
+        R package hosts (CRAN with archive, BIOC, R-Forge and Omegahat)
+      * <a lot of inodes for PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIR/__tmp__ and the overlay>
+
+   memory
+      up to 600MB which depends on the amount of processed packages and the
+      write mechanism in use. The amount can be halved (approximately) when
+      using a slower one.
+
+   other
+      No other hardware requirements. <as a measurement for computing speed,
+      i/o requirements:
+      overlay creation takes 3-4h on modern desktop hardware with overlay
+      writing to a tmpfs, most time is spent for Manifest creation>
+
+---------------------
+ via emerge (Gentoo)
+---------------------
+
+A live ebuild is available, `roverlay-9999.ebuild`_.
+Add it to your local overlay and run ``emerge roverlay``, which will also
+install all config files into */etc/roverlay*.
+
+---------------------
+ Manual Installation
+---------------------
+
+After installing the dependencies as listed in `Prerequisites`_,
+clone the `roverlay git repo`_ and then
+install *roverlay* and its python modules:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   git clone git://git.overlays.gentoo.org/proj/R_overlay.git
+
+   cd R_overlay && make install
+
+``make install`` also accepts some variables, namely:
+
+* *DESTDIR* defaults to ''
+
+* *BINDIR*, defaults to *DESTDIR*/usr/local/bin
+
+* *PYMOD_FILE_LIST*, which lists the installed python module files
+  and defaults to './roverlay_files.list'
+
+* *PYTHON*, name of path of the python interpreter that will run 'setup.py',
+  defaults to 'python'
+
+
+*roverlay* can later be uninstalled with ``make uninstall``.
+
+.. Note::
+
+   Make sure to include ``--record <somewhere>/roverlay_files.list``
+   when running ``./setup.py install`` manually,
+   which can later be used to safely remove the python module files with
+   ``xargs rm -vrf < <somewhere>/roverlay_files.list``.
+   The *make* targets take care of this.
+
+.. Warning::
+
+   Support for this installation type is limited - it won't install/create
+   any config files!
+
+---------------------------------------
+ Using *roverlay* without installation
+---------------------------------------
+
+This is possible, too. Make sure to meet the dependencies as listed
+in Prerequisites_.
+Then, simply clone the git repository to a local directory that
+will later be referenced as the *R Overlay src directory*.
+
+.. Note::
+   You'll have to cd into the *R Overlay src directory* before running
+   *roverlay* to ensure that the python modules can be imported correctly.
+
+   You can work around this by setting up a wrapper script:
+
+   .. code-block:: sh
+
+      #!/bin/sh
+      # /usr/local/bin/roverlay.sh
+      # example wrapper script for roverlay
+      cd ${ROVERLAY_SRC:-~/roverlay/src} && ./roverlay.py $*
+
+
+==================
+ Running Roverlay
+==================
+
+------------------------------
+ Required configuration steps
+------------------------------
+
+*roverlay* needs a configuration file to run.
+
+If you've installed *roverlay* with *emerge*, it will look for the config
+file in that order:
+
+1. *<current directory>/R-overlay.conf*
+2. *~/.R-overlay.conf*
+3. */etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*,
+   which is part of the installation but has to be modified.
+
+Otherwise, an example config file is available in the *R Overlay src directory*
+and *roverlay* will only look for *R-overlay.conf* in the current directory.
+
+The config file is a text file with '<option> = <value>' syntax.
+Some options accept multiple values (e.g. <option> = file1, file2), in which
+case the values have to be enclosed
+with quotes (-> ``<option> = "file1 file2"``).
+
+
+The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
+
+   OVERLAY_DIR
+      This sets the directory of the overlay that will be created.
+      This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
+      via ``--overlay <directory>``.
+
+      Example: OVERLAY_DIR = ~/roverlay/overlay
+
+   DISTFILES
+      This sets the root directory of all per-repo package directories.
+      This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
+      via ``--distroot <directory>``.
+
+      .. Note::
+
+         This directory will also contain a directory *__tmp__*
+         with symlinks to all packages which can be used as package mirror,
+         see `Providing a package mirror`_.
+
+      Example: DISTFILES = ~/roverlay/distfiles
+
+   LOG_FILE
+      This sets the log file.
+
+      Example: LOG_FILE = ~/roverlay/log/roverlay.log
+
+   LOG_LEVEL
+      This sets the global log level, which is used for all log formats
+      that don't override this option. Valid log levels are
+      ``DEBUG``, ``INFO``, ``WARN``/``WARNING``, ``ERROR`` and ``CRITICAL``.
+
+      Example: LOG_LEVEL = WARNING
+
+   LOG_LEVEL_CONSOLE
+      This sets the console log level.
+
+      Example: LOG_LEVEL_CONSOLE = INFO
+
+   LOG_LEVEL_FILE
+      This sets the log level for file logging.
+
+      Example: LOG_LEVEL_FILE = ERROR
+
+The following options should also be set (most of them are required), but
+have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
+
+   SIMPLE_RULES_FILE
+      This option lists the dependency rules files that should be used
+      for dependency resolution (see
+      `Dependency Rules / Resolving Dependencies`_).
+      Although not required, this option is **recommended** since ebuild
+      creation without dependency rules fails for most R packages.
+
+      Example: SIMPLE_RULES_FILE = ~/roverlay/config/simple-deprules.d
+
+   REPO_CONFIG
+      A list with one or more files that list repositories
+      (see `Repositories / Getting Packages`_).
+      This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
+      via one or more ``repo-config <file>`` statements.
+
+      Example: REPO_CONFIG = ~/roverlay/config/repo.list
+
+   FIELD_DEFINITION
+      The value of this option should point to a field definition file which
+      controls how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
+      The file supplied by default should be fine.
+      This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
+      via ``--field-definition <file>``.
+
+      Example: FIELD_DEFINITION = ~/roverlay/config/description_fields.conf
+
+   OVERLAY_ECLASS
+      This option lists eclass files that should be imported into the overlay
+      (into *OVERLAY_DIR*/eclass/) and inherited in all ebuilds.
+      Specifying an eclass file that implements the ebuild phase functions
+      (e.g. *src_install()*) is highly **recommended**. A default file
+      named *R-packages.eclass* should be part of your installation.
+
+      Example: OVERLAY_ECLASS = ~/roverlay/eclass/R-packages.eclass
+
+
+For details and a full configuration reference, see `Configuration Reference`_.
+
+------------
+ Running it
+------------
+
+If you've installed *roverlay*, you can run it with ``roverlay``, otherwise
+you'll have to cd into the *R overlay src directory* and run ``./roverlay.py``.
+
+In any case, the basic *roverlay* script usage is
+
+.. code::
+
+   roverlay --config <config file> [<options>] [<commands>]
+
+or
+
+.. code::
+
+   roverlay [<options>] [<commands>]
+
+which will search for the config file
+as described in `Required configuration steps`_.
+The default command is *create*, which downloads the R packages (unless
+explicitly forbidden to do so) and generates the overlay. This is the
+desired behavior in most cases, so simply running ``roverlay`` should be
+fine.
+
+*roverlay* also accepts some **options**, most notably:
+
+--nosync, --no-sync
+   Don't download R packages.
+
+--no-incremental
+   Force recreation of existing ebuilds
+
+--immediate-ebuild-writes
+   Immediately write ebuilds when they're ready.
+
+   The default behavior is
+   to wait for all ebuilds and then write them using ebuild write threads.
+   The latter one is faster, but consumes more memory since ebuilds must be
+   kept until all packages have been processed.
+   Test results show that memory consumption increases by factor 2 when using
+   the faster write mechanism (at ca. 95% ebuild creation success rate),
+   <while ebuild write time decreases by ???>.
+
+   Summary: Expect 300 (slow) or 600MB (fast) memory consumption when using
+   the default package repositories.
+
+--config file, -c file
+	Path to the config file
+
+--help, -h
+   Show all options
+
+
+.. Note::
+   *--no-incremental* doesn't delete an existing overlay, it will merely
+   ignores and, potentially, overwrites existing ebuilds.
+   Use *rm -rf <overlay>* to do that.
+
+
+For **testing** *roverlay*, these **options** may be convenient:
+
+--no-manifest
+	Skip Manifest file creation.
+
+	This saves a considerable amount of time
+	(>100min when using the default package repositories) at the expense of
+	an overlay that is not suitable for production usage.
+
+--no-write
+	Don't write the overlay
+
+--show
+	Print all ebuilds and metadata to console
+
+--repo-config file, -R file
+	Repo config file to use. Can be specified more than once.
+	This disables all repo files configured in the main config file.
+
+--distdir directory, --from directory
+	Create an overlay using the packages found in *directory*. This disables
+	all other repositories. The *SRC_URI* ebuild variable will be invalid!
+
+--overlay directory, -O directory
+	Create the overlay at the given position.
+
+For reference, these **commands** are accepted by *roverlay*:
+
+create
+	As described above, this will run ebuild, metadata creation, including
+	overlay and Manifest file writing.
+	This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--nosync* option
+	is specified.
+
+sync
+	This will download all packages from the configured remotes.
+
+depres_console, depres
+	Starts an interactive dependency resolution console that supports rule
+	creation/deletion, loading rules from files, writing rules to files
+	and resolving dependencies.
+
+	Meant for **testing only**.
+
+----------------------------
+ Providing a package mirror
+----------------------------
+
+<No recommendations at this time. The current ManifestCreation implementation
+creates a directory *<distfiles root>/__tmp__* with symlinks to all packages,
+which could be used for providing packages, but this may change
+in near future since external Manifest creation is too slow
+(takes >60% of overlay creation time).>
+
+
+=========================
+ Implementation Overview
+=========================
+
+This section gives a basic overview of how *roverlay* works.
+
+<how *roverlay* basically works:>
+
+1. **sync** - get R packages using various methods
+   (rsync, http, local directory)
+
+2. scan the R Overlay directory (if it exists) for valid ebuilds
+
+3. queue all R packages for ebuild creation
+
+   * all repositories are asked to list their packages which are then added
+     to a queue
+
+   * packages may be declined by the overlay creator if they already have
+     an ebuild
+
+4. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
+   (thread-able on a per package basis)
+
+  * read *p*'s DESCRIPTION file that contains information fields
+    like 'Depends', 'Description' and 'Suggests'
+
+  * resolve *p*'s dependencies
+
+    * differentiate between *required* and *optional* dependencies
+      (for example, dependencies from the 'Depends' field are required,
+      while those from 'Suggests' are optional)
+
+    * **immediately stop** processing *p* if a *required* dependency
+      cannot be resolved in which case a valid ebuild cannot be created
+
+  * create an ebuild for *p* by using the dependency resolution results
+    and a few information fields like 'Description'
+
+  * **done** with *p* - the overlay creator takes control over *p*
+    and may decide to write *p*'s ebuild now (or later)
+
+5. write the overlay
+
+   * write all ebuilds
+     (thread-able on a per package basis)
+
+   * write the *metadata.xml* files
+     (thread-able on a per package basis)
+
+     * this uses the latest created ebuild available for a package
+
+   * write the *Manifest* files
+     (not thread-able)
+
+     * this uses all ebuilds availabe for a package
+
+---------------------------------
+ Repositories / Getting Packages
+---------------------------------
+
+*roverlay* is capable of downloading R packages via rsync and http,
+and is able to use any packages locally available. The concrete method used
+to get and use the packages is determined by the concrete
+**type of a repository** and that's what this section is about.
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ A word about repo config files
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Repo config files use ConfigParser_ syntax (known from ini files).
+
+Each repo entry section is introduced with ``[<repo name>]`` and defines
+
+* how *roverlay* can download the R packages from a repo
+  and where they should be stored
+* how ebuilds can download the packages (-> *SRC_URI*)
+* repo type specific options, e.g. whether the repo supports package file
+  verification
+
+Such options are declared with ``<option> = <value>`` in the repo entry.
+
+The common options for repository entries are:
+
+* *type*, which declares the repository type. Available types are:
+
+   * rsync_
+   * websync_repo_
+   * websync_pkglist_
+   * local_
+
+  Defaults to *rsync*
+
+* *src_uri*, which declares how ebuilds can download the packages. Some repo
+  types use this for downloading, too.
+
+* *directory*, which explicitly sets the package directory to use.
+  The default behavior is to use `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/<repo name>
+
+
+.. Hint::
+   Repo names are allowed contain slashes, which will be respected when
+   creating the default directory.
+
+.. _rsync:
+
++++++++++++++
+ Rsync repos
++++++++++++++
+
+Runs *rsync* to download packages. Automatic sync retries are supported if
+*rsync*'s exit codes indicates chances of success.
+For example, up to 3 retries are granted if *rsync* returns
+*Partial transfer due to vanished source files* which likely happens when
+syncing big repositories like CRAN.
+
+This repo type extends the default options by:
+
+* *rsync_uri* (**required**), which specifies the uri used for syncing
+
+* *recursive* (optional), which passes ``--recursive`` to *rsync* if set to
+  'yes'
+
+* *extra_rsync_opts* (optional), which passes arbitrary options to *rsync*.
+  This can be used include/exclude files or to show progress during transfer.
+  Options with whitespace are not supported.
+
+Examples:
+
+* CRAN
+
+   .. code-block:: ini
+
+      [CRAN]
+      type             = rsync
+      rsync_uri        = cran.r-project.org::CRAN/src/contrib
+      src_uri          = http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib
+      extra_rsync_opts = --progress --exclude=PACKAGES --exclude=PACKAGES.gz
+
+
+* CRAN's archive:
+
+   .. code-block:: ini
+
+      [CRAN-Archive]
+      type             = rsync
+      rsync_uri        = cran.r-project.org::CRAN/src/contrib/Archive
+      src_uri          = http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/Archive
+      extra_rsync_opts = --progress
+      recursive        = yes
+
+
+.. _websync_repo:
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Getting packages from a repository that supports http only
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+This is your best bet if the remote is a repository but doesn't offer
+rsync access. Basic digest verification is supported (MD5).
+The remote has to have a package list file, typically named
+*PACKAGES*, with a special syntax (debian control file syntax).
+
+A package list example,
+excerpt from `omegahat's PACKAGES file`_ (as of Aug 2012):
+
+.. code-block:: control
+
+   ...
+   Package: CGIwithR
+   Version: 0.73-0
+   Suggests: GDD
+   License: GPL (>= 2)
+   MD5sum: 50b1f48209c9e66909c7afb3a4b8af5e
+
+   Package: CodeDepends
+   Version: 0.2-1
+   Depends: methods
+   Imports: codetools, XML
+   Suggests: graph, Rgraphviz
+   License: GPL
+   MD5sum: e2ec3505f9db1a96919a72f07673a2d8
+   ...
+
+An example repo config entry for omegahat:
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+   [omegahat]
+   type    = websync_repo
+   src_uri = http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib
+   digest  = md5
+   #digest = none
+
+
+This repo type extends the default options by:
+
+* *digest*, which declares that the remote supports digest based package file
+  verification. Accepted values are 'md5' and 'none'. Defaults to 'none',
+  which disables verification.
+
+* *pkglist_file*, which sets the name of the package list file and defaults
+  to PACKAGES
+
+* *pkglist_uri*, which explicitly sets the uri of the package list file.
+  Defaults to *src_uri*/*pkglist_file*
+
+None of these options are required.
+
+
+.. Note::
+
+   The content type of the remote's package list file has to be exactly
+   *text/plain*, compressed files are not supported.
+
+.. _websync_pkglist:
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Getting packages from several remotes using http and a package list
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+This is not a real repository type, instead it creates a *local* repository
+by downloading single R packages from different remotes.
+Its only requirement is that a package is downloadable via http.
+Apart from an entry in the repo config file, it also needs a file that lists
+one package uri per line:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+   ...
+   http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/seewave_1.6.4.tar.gz
+   http://download.r-forge.r-project.org/src/contrib/zoo_1.7-7.tar.gz
+   http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib/Aspell_0.2-0.tar.gz
+   ...
+
+Comments are not supported. Assuming that such a package list exists as <at?>
+*~/roverlay/config/http_packages.list*, an example entry in the repo config
+file would be:
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+   [http-packages]
+   type    = websync_pkglist
+   pkglist = ~/roverlay/config/http_packages.list
+
+
+This repo type extends the default options by:
+
+* *pkglist*, which sets the package list file. This option is **required**.
+
+
+.. _local:
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Using local directories
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Using local package directories is possible, too.
+
+Example:
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+   [local-packages]
+   type      = local
+   directory = /var/local/R-packages
+   src_uri   = http://localhost/R-packages
+
+This will use all packages from */var/local/R-packages* and assumes
+that they're available via *http://localhost/R-packages*.
+
+A local directory will never be modified.
+
+.. Important::
+
+   Using this repo type is **not recommended for production usage** because
+   the *SRC_URI* variable in created ebuilds will be invalid unless you've
+   downloaded all packages from the same remote in which case
+   you should consider using one of the **websync** repo types,
+   websync_repo_ and websync_pkglist_.
+
+-------------------------------------------
+ Dependency Rules / Resolving Dependencies
+-------------------------------------------
+
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency types
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+Every *dependency string* has a *dependency type* that declares how a
+dependency should be resolved. It has one or more of these properties:
+
+Mandatory
+	Ebuild creation fails if the *dependency string* in question cannot
+	be resolved.
+
+Optional
+	The opposite of *Mandatory*, ebuild creation keeps going even if the
+	*dependency string* is unresolvable.
+
+Package Dependency
+	This declares that the *dependency string* could be another R package.
+
+System Dependency
+	This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
+	e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
+
+Try other dependency types
+	This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
+	dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
+	package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
+
+*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
+
+The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by the its origin,
+i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.
+The *Suggests* field, for example,
+gets the *"package dependency and optional"* type,
+whereas the *SystemRequirements* gets *"system dependency and mandatory"*.
+
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Simple Dependency Rules
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+*Simple dependency rules* use a dictionary and string transformations
+to resolve dependencies. *Fuzzy simple dependency rules* extend these by
+a set of regexes, which allows to resolve many dependency strings that
+minimally differ (e.g. only in the required version and/or comments:
+`R (>= 2.10)` and `R [2.14] from http://www.r-project.org/`) with a single
+dictionary entry.
+
+This is the only rule implementation currently available.
+
+Rule Variants
+-------------
+
+default
+   The expected behavior of a dictionary-based rule: It matches one or more
+   *dependency strings* and resolves them as a *dependency*
+
+ignore
+   This variant will ignore *dependency strings*. Technically, it will
+   resolve them as **nothing**.
+
+Rule types
+----------
+
+Simple Rules
+   A simple rule resolves **exact string matches** (case-insensitive).
+
+   Example:
+   Given a rule *R* that says "resolve 'R' and 'the R programming language'
+   as 'dev-lang/R'", any of these *dependency strings* will be resolved
+   as dev-lang/R:
+
+   * r
+   * THE R PROGRAMMING LanGuAgE
+   * R
+
+Fuzzy Rules
+   Fuzzy Rules are **extended Simple Rules**. If the basic lookup
+   as described above fails for a *dependency string*,
+   they will *try* to resolve it as a **version-relative match**.
+
+   To do this, the *dependency string* will be split into components like
+   *dependency name*, *dependency version* and useless comments, which are
+   discarded.
+   Then, if the *dependency name* matches a dictionary entry, a resolving
+   *dependency* will be created.
+
+   Example:
+      Given the same rule as in the Simple Rules example, but as fuzzy rule
+      "fuzzy-resolve 'R' and 'the R programming language' as 'dev-lang/R'",
+      it will resolve any of these *dependency strings*:
+
+      * "r" as "dev-lang/R"
+      * "R 2.12" as ">=dev-lang/R-2.12"
+      * "The R PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE [<2.14] from http://www.r-project.org/"
+        as "<dev-lang/R-2.14"
+      * "R ( !2.10 )" as "( dev-lang/R !=dev-lang/R-2.10 )"
+
+
+Rule File Examples
+------------------
+
+This sections lists some rule file examples.
+See `Rule File Syntax`_ for a formal<precise,..?> description.
+
+
+Example 1 - *default* fuzzy rule
+   A rule that matches many dependencies on dev-lang/R, for example
+   "r 2.12", "R(>= 2.14)", "R [<2.10]", "r{  !2.12 }", and "R", and
+   resolves them as '>=dev-lang/R-2.12', '>=dev-lang/R-2.14',
+   '<dev-lang/R-2.10', etc.:
+
+   .. code:: text
+
+      ~dev-lang/R :: R
+
+
+Example 2 - *default* simple rule stub
+   A rule that case-insensitively matches 'zoo' and resolves it as 'sci-R/zoo',
+   assuming the OVERLAY_CATEGORY is set to 'sci-R':
+
+   .. code:: text
+
+      zoo
+
+Example 3 - *default* simple rule
+   A rule that matches several *dependency strings* and resolves them
+   as "sci-libs/gdal and sci-libs/proj":
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      ( sci-libs/gdal sci-libs/proj ) {
+         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 && GDAL < 1.6.0 (until tested) library and PROJ.4 (proj >= 4.4.9)
+         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 library and PROJ.4 (proj >= 4.4.9)
+         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 library and PROJ.4(proj >= 4.4.9)
+         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.6.0 library and PROJ.4(proj >= 4.4.9)
+      }
+
+Example 4 - *ignore* simple rule
+   A rule that matches text that should be ignored.
+   This is a good way to deal with free-style text found
+   in some R package DESCRIPTION files.
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      ! {
+         see README
+         read INSTALL
+         Will use djmrgl or rgl packages for rendering if present
+      }
+
+
+Please see the default rule files for more extensive examples that cover
+other aspects like limiting a rule to certain dependency types.
+They're found in */etc/roverlay/simple-deprules.d*
+if you've installed *roverlay* with *emerge*,
+else in *<R Overlay src directory>/simple-deprules.d*.
+
+Rule File Syntax
+----------------
+
+Simple dependency rule files have a special syntax. Each rule is introduced
+with the resolving *dependency* prefixed by a *keychar* that sets the rule
+type if required. The *dependency strings* resolved by this rule are listed
+after a rule separator or within a rule block. Leading/trailing whitespace
+is ignored.
+
+Ignore rules
+   have only a keychar but no *dependency*.
+
+Keychars
+   set the rule type.
+
+   * **!** introduces a *ignore* simple rule
+   * **~** introduces a *default* fuzzy rule
+   * **%** introduces a *ignore* fuzzy rule
+
+   Anything else is not treated as keychar and thus introduces a *default*
+   simple rule.
+
+Keywords
+   There are two keywords that control how a rule file is read.
+
+   The important one is the *#deptype <dependency type>* directive that
+   defines that all rules until the next *deptype* directory or end of file,
+   whatever comes first, will only match *dependency strings*
+   with the specified *dependency type*.
+
+   Available dependency types choices are
+
+   * *all* (no type restrictions)
+   * *pkg* (resolve only R package dependencies)
+   * *sys* (resolve only system dependencies)
+
+   The other keyword is *#! NOPARSE* which stops parsing of a rule file.
+
+Dependencies
+   are strings that are recognized by portage as **Dynamic DEPENDs**
+   (see the ebuild(5) man page).
+
+   Examples:
+
+      * dev-lang/R
+      * ( media-libs/tiff >=sci-libs/fftw-3 )
+      * >=x11-drivers/nvidia-drivers-270
+
+
+   .. Note::
+
+      The fuzzy rule types support **DEPEND Atom Bases** only.
+
+   .. Warning::
+
+      Dependency strings cannot start with *~* as it is a keychar.
+      Use braces *( ~... )* to work around that.
+
+
+Single line rules
+   resolve exactly one *dependency string*. Their rule separator is ' :: '.
+
+   Syntax:
+      .. code:: text
+
+         [<keychar>]<dependency> :: <dependency string>
+
+Multi line rules
+   resolve several *dependency strings*.
+   Their rule block begins with '{' + newline, followed by one
+   *dependency string* per line, and ends with '}'.
+
+   Syntax:
+      .. code-block:: text
+
+         [<keychar>]<dependency> {
+            <dependency string>
+            [<dependency string>]
+            ...
+         }
+
+Rule Stubs
+   There's a shorter syntax for dependencies that are resolved within the
+   created overlay. For example, if your OVERLAY_CATEGORY is
+   *sci-R*, *zoo* should be resolved as *sci-R/zoo*.
+   This rule can be written as a single word, *zoo*. Such stubs are called
+   **selfdeps**.
+
+   Syntax:
+      .. code:: text
+
+         [<keychar>]<short dependency>
+
+Comments
+   start with **#**. There are a few exceptions to that, the *#deptype* and
+   *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
+   will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+ Expected Overlay Result / Structure of the generated overlay
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Assuming that you're using the default configuration (where possible) and
+the *R-packages* eclass file, the result should look like:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+   <overlay root>/
+   <overlay root>/eclass
+   <overlay root>/eclass/R-packages.eclass
+   <overlay root>/profiles
+   <overlay root>/profiles/categories
+   <overlay root>/profiles/repo_name
+   <overlay root>/profiles/use.desc
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/<many directories per R package>
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/Manifest
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/metadata.xml
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.5.9.ebuild
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.6.4.ebuild
+
+
+=========================
+ Configuration Reference
+=========================
+
+------------------
+ Dependency Rules
+------------------
+
+<merge with basic..overview::deprules>
+
+
+--------------
+ Repositories
+--------------
+
+<merge with basic..overview::repo>
+
+-------------
+Main Config
+-------------
+
+.. _DISTFILES_ROOT:
+
+DISTFILES_ROOT
+   <>
+
+The main config file uses shell syntax.
+
+------------------
+ Field Definition
+------------------
+
+The field definition file uses ConfigParser_ syntax. For an example, see
+`default field definition file`_.
+
+Each information field has its own section which declares a set of options
+and flags. Flags are case-insensivitve options
+without a value - they're enabled by listing them.
+
+.. _field option:
+.. _field options:
+
+Known field options:
+
+   .. _field option\: default_value:
+
+   default_value
+      Sets the default value for a field, which implies that any read
+      DESCRIPTION file will contain this field, either with the value read
+      from the file or (as fallback) the default value.
+      Disables the `'mandatory' field flag`_.
+
+   .. _field option\: allowed_value:
+
+   allowed_value
+      Declares that a field has a value whitelist and adds the value to that
+      list (preserves whitespace).
+
+   .. _field option\: allowed_values:
+
+   allowed_values
+      Declares that a field has a value whitelist and adds the values to
+      that list (values are separated by whitespace).
+
+   .. _field option\: alias_withcase:
+   .. _field option\: alias:
+
+   alias_withcase, alias
+      Declares case-sensitive field name aliases. This can be used to fix
+      'typos', e.g. *Suggest* and *Suggests* both mean *Suggests*.
+
+   .. _field option\: alias_nocase:
+
+   alias_nocase
+      Same as `field option: alias`_, but aliases are case-insensitive.
+
+   .. _field option\: flags:
+
+   flags
+      List of `field flags`_. Note that any option without a value is treated
+      as flag.
+
+.. _field flags:
+.. _field flag:
+
+Known field flags:
+
+   .. _field flag\: joinValues:
+
+   joinValues
+      Declares that a field's value is one string even if it spans over
+      multiple lines.
+      The lines will be joined with a single space character ' '.
+      The default behavior is to merge lines.
+
+   .. _field flag\: isList:
+
+   isList
+      Declares that a field's value is a list whose values are separated by
+      by ',' or ';'.
+
+   .. _field flag\: isWhitespaceList:
+
+   isWhitespaceList
+      Declares that a field's value is a list whose values are separated by
+      whitespace. Has no effect if `field flag: isList` is set.
+
+   .. _field flag\: mandatory:
+   .. _'mandatory' field flag:
+
+   mandatory
+      Declares that a field is required in *all* DESCRIPTION files.
+      This means that R packages without that field are considered as unusable,
+      i.e. ebuild creation fails early.
+      This flag is (effectively) useless in conjunction with
+      `field option: default_value`_ unless the default value evaluates to
+      False (e.g. is an empty string).
+
+
+   .. _field flag\: ignore:
+
+   ignore
+      Declares that a field is known but entirely ignored. Unknown fields
+      are ignored, too, the main difference is the log message.
+
+.. Note::
+
+   It won't be checked whether a flag is known or not.
+
+
+==========
+ Appendix
+==========
+
+-------------------------------
+ Default Field Definition File
+-------------------------------
+
+This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
+
+.. code-block:: ini
+
+   [Description]
+   joinValues
+
+   [Title]
+   joinValues
+
+   [Suggests]
+   alias_nocase = Suggests, Suggest, %Suggests, Suggets, Recommends
+   isList
+
+   [Depends]
+   alias_nocase = Depends, Dependencies, Dependes, %Depends, Depents, Require, Requires
+   isList
+
+   [Imports]
+   alias_nocase = Imports, Import
+   isList
+
+   [LinkingTo]
+   alias_nocase = LinkingTo, LinkingdTo, LinkinTo
+   isList
+
+   [SystemRequirements]
+   alias_nocase = SystemRequirements, SystemRequirement
+   isList
+
+   [OS_Type]
+   alias_nocase   = OS_TYPE
+   allowed_values = unix


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-10 17:54 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-10 17:54 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     967e8bce9969a16836464981d4ba47aef9524432
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug 10 17:54:34 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug 10 17:54:34 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=967e8bce

usage guide: numbered sections

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |    1 +
 1 files changed, 1 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index c444685..ebf8aa0 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 .. _ConfigParser:
    http://docs.python.org/library/configparser.html
 
+.. sectnum::
 
 .. contents::
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-14 15:24 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-14 15:24 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     c46dfb64a22330de7846e4fcc719a59123b1839f
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Aug 14 15:24:34 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Aug 14 15:24:34 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=c46dfb64

usage.rst: dependency resolution

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |  380 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------
 1 files changed, 278 insertions(+), 102 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 3099e83..4f77f44 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+.. |date| date:: %b %d %Y
+
+.. header:: Automatically Generated Overlay of R package - Manual (|date|)
+
+
 .. _roverlay-9999.ebuild:
    http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=blob;f=roverlay-9999.ebuild;hb=refs/heads/master
 
@@ -13,6 +18,8 @@
 .. sectnum::
 
 .. contents::
+   :backlinks: top
+
 
 
 ==============
@@ -22,9 +29,12 @@
 *roverlay* is
 Automatically Generated Overlay of R packages;;
 GSoC Project;;
+`roverlay git repo`_ (no project homepage available);;
 <>;;
 
 
+
+
 ==============
  Installation
 ==============
@@ -45,7 +55,7 @@ GSoC Project;;
   * *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
     package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
 
-* for generating documentation files: python docutils > 0.8.1
+* for generating documentation files: python docutils >= 0.9
 
 * hardware requirements (when the default configuration):
 
@@ -90,7 +100,7 @@ install *roverlay* and its python modules:
 
 ``make install`` also accepts some variables, namely:
 
-* *DESTDIR* defaults to ''
+* *DESTDIR*
 
 * *BINDIR*, defaults to *DESTDIR*/usr/local/bin
 
@@ -200,7 +210,7 @@ The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
 
       Example: LOG_LEVEL = WARNING
 
-      .. caution::
+      .. Note::
 
          Be careful with low log levels, especially *DEBUG*.
          They produce a lot of messages that you probably don't want to see
@@ -222,7 +232,7 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
    SIMPLE_RULES_FILE
       This option lists dependency rule files and/or directories with
       such files that should be used for dependency resolution (see
-      `Dependency Rules / Resolving Dependencies`_).
+      `Dependency Rules`).
       Although not required, this option is **recommended** since ebuild
       creation without dependency rules fails for most R packages.
 
@@ -382,9 +392,11 @@ in near future since external Manifest creation is too slow
  Implementation Overview
 =========================
 
-This section gives a basic overview of how *roverlay* works.
+--------------------------------
+ How *roverlay* basically works
+--------------------------------
 
-<how *roverlay* basically works:>
+These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
 1. **sync** - get R packages using various methods
    (rsync, http, local directory)
@@ -414,6 +426,8 @@ This section gives a basic overview of how *roverlay* works.
     * **immediately stop** processing *p* if a *required* dependency
       cannot be resolved in which case a valid ebuild cannot be created
 
+      See also: `Dependency Resolution`_
+
   * create an ebuild for *p* by using the dependency resolution results
     and a few information fields like 'Description'
 
@@ -435,9 +449,190 @@ This section gives a basic overview of how *roverlay* works.
 
      * this uses all ebuilds availabe for a package
 
----------------------------------
+
+-----------------------
+ Dependency Resolution
+-----------------------
+
+Each ebuild creation process has access to the *dependency resolver* that
+accepts *dependency strings*, tries to resolve them and returns the result,
+either "unresolvable" or the resolving *dependency* as
+*Dynamic DEPEND*/*DEPEND Atom*.
+
+The ebuild creation uses *channels* for communication with the *dependency
+resolver*, so-called *EbuildJobChannels* that handle the 'high-level'
+string-to-string dependency resolution for a set of *dependency strings*.
+Typically, one *channel* is used per ebuild variable (DEPEND, RDEPEND and
+R_SUGGESTS).
+
+From the ebuild creation perspective, dependency resolution works like this:
+
+#. Collect the *dependency strings* from the DESCRIPTION data and add them
+   to the communication *channels* (up to 3 will be used)
+
+#. Wait until all channels are *done*
+
+#. **Stop ebuild creation** if a channel reports that it couldn't resolve
+   all *required dependencies*. No ebuild can be created in that case.
+
+#. **Successfully done** - transfer the channel results to ebuild variables
+
+
+Details about dependency resolution like how *channels* work can be found
+in the following sections.
+
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency types
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+Every *dependency string* has a *dependency type* that declares how a
+dependency should be resolved. It has one or more of these properties:
+
+Mandatory
+   Ebuild creation fails if the *dependency string* in question cannot
+   be resolved.
+
+Optional
+   The opposite of *Mandatory*, ebuild creation keeps going even if the
+   *dependency string* is unresolvable.
+
+Package Dependency
+   This declares that the *dependency string* could be another R package.
+
+System Dependency
+   This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
+   e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
+
+Try other dependency types
+   This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
+   dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
+   package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
+   Throughout this guide, such property is indicated by *<preferred dependency
+   type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
+
+*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
+
+The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by the its origin,
+i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.
+The *Suggests* field, for example, gets the
+*"package dependency only and optional"* type, whereas the *SystemRequirements*
+gets *"system dependency, but try others, and mandatory"*.
+
+
+DESCRIPTION file dependency fields
+----------------------------------
+
+The DESCRIPTION file of an R package contains several fields that list
+dependencies on R packages or other software like scientific libraries.
+This section describes which *dependency fields* are used and how.
+
+.. table:: R package dependency fields
+
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   | dependency field   | ebuild variable      | dependency type  | required  |
+   +====================+======================+==================+===========+
+   | Depends            | DEPEND               | package first    | *yes*     |
+   +--------------------+                      +                  +           +
+   | Imports            |                      |                  |           |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+           +
+   | LinkingTo          | RDEPEND              | package first    |           |
+   +--------------------+                      +------------------+           +
+   | SystemRequirements |                      | system first     |           |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   | Suggests           | R_SUGGESTS           | package **only** | **no**    |
+   +                    +----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   |                    | _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES | *unresolvable*   | *n/a*     |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+
+A non-empty *R_SUGGESTS* ebuild variable will enable the *R_suggests* USE
+flag. *R_SUGGESTS* is a runtime dependency (a *Dynamic DEPEND* in *RDEPEND*).
+
+Ebuild creation keeps going if an optional dependency cannot be resolved.
+This isn't desirable for most *dependency fields*, but extremely
+useful for R package suggestions that often link to other repositories or
+private homepages.
+Such unresolvable dependencies go into the *_UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES* ebuild
+variable.
+Whether and how this variable is used is up to the eclass file(s).
+The default *R-packages eclass* reports unresolvable,
+but optional dependencies during the *pkg_postinst()* ebuild phase.
+
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency Rule Pools
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The *dependency resolver* doesn't know *how* to resolve a *dependency string*.
+Instead, it searches through a list of *dependency rule pools* that may be
+able to do this.
+
+A *dependency rule pool* combines a list of *dependency rules* with a
+*dependency type* and is able to determine whether it accepts the type
+of a *dependency string* or not.
+
+*Dependency rules* are objects with a "matches" function that returns the
+*resolving dependency* if it matches the given *dependency string*, else
+it returns "cannot resolve". Note the difference between
+"a rule cannot resolve a dep string" and "dep string is unresolvable",
+which means that no rule can resolve a particular *dependency string*.
+
+See `Dependency Rules`_ for the concrete rules available.
+
+Rule pools are normally created by reading rule files, but some rule pools
+consist of rules that exist in memory only.
+These are called **Dynamic Rule Pools** and use runtime data like "all known
+R packages" to create rules.
+
+
+.. _Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool:
+
+*roverlay* uses one dynamic rule pool, the **Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool**.
+This pool contains rules for all known R packages and is able to resolve
+R package dependencies.
+By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
+
+
+
+
+<
+Dependency resolution is split into several components.
+Each package *p* has zero or more dependencies,......
+
+
+Dependency Rules
+   x
+
+
+Dependency Resolver
+   This is the
+
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+ Expected Overlay Result / Structure of the generated overlay
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Assuming that you're using the default configuration (where possible) and
+the *R-packages* eclass file, the result should look like:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+   <overlay root>/
+   <overlay root>/eclass
+   <overlay root>/eclass/R-packages.eclass
+   <overlay root>/profiles
+   <overlay root>/profiles/categories
+   <overlay root>/profiles/repo_name
+   <overlay root>/profiles/use.desc
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/<many directories per R package>
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/Manifest
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/metadata.xml
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.5.9.ebuild
+   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.6.4.ebuild
+
+=================================
  Repositories / Getting Packages
----------------------------------
+=================================
 
 *roverlay* is capable of downloading R packages via rsync and http,
 and is able to use any packages locally available. The concrete method used
@@ -446,9 +641,9 @@ to get and use the packages is determined by the concrete
 
 .. _repo config:
 
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------------------
  A word about repo config files
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------------------
 
 Repo config files use ConfigParser_ syntax (known from ini files).
 
@@ -488,9 +683,9 @@ The common options for repository entries are:
 
 .. _rsync:
 
-+++++++++++++
+-------------
  Rsync repos
-+++++++++++++
+-------------
 
 Runs *rsync* to download packages. Automatic sync retries are supported if
 *rsync*'s exit codes indicates chances of success.
@@ -536,9 +731,9 @@ Examples:
 
 .. _websync_repo:
 
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+------------------------------------------------------------
  Getting packages from a repository that supports http only
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+------------------------------------------------------------
 
 This is your best bet if the remote is a repository but doesn't offer
 rsync access. Basic digest verification is supported (MD5).
@@ -599,9 +794,9 @@ None of these options are required.
 
 .. _websync_pkglist:
 
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
  Getting packages from several remotes using http and a package list
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 This is not a real repository type, instead it creates a *local* repository
 by downloading single R packages from different remotes.
@@ -635,9 +830,9 @@ This repo type extends the default options by:
 
 .. _local:
 
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+-------------------------
  Using local directories
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+-------------------------
 
 Using local package directories is possible, too.
 
@@ -663,49 +858,14 @@ A local directory will never be modified.
    you should consider using one of the **websync** repo types,
    websync_repo_ and websync_pkglist_.
 
--------------------------------------------
- Dependency Rules / Resolving Dependencies
--------------------------------------------
-
-++++++++++++++++++
- Dependency types
-++++++++++++++++++
-
-Every *dependency string* has a *dependency type* that declares how a
-dependency should be resolved. It has one or more of these properties:
-
-Mandatory
-	Ebuild creation fails if the *dependency string* in question cannot
-	be resolved.
-
-Optional
-	The opposite of *Mandatory*, ebuild creation keeps going even if the
-	*dependency string* is unresolvable.
-
-Package Dependency
-	This declares that the *dependency string* could be another R package.
-
-System Dependency
-	This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
-	e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
-
-Try other dependency types
-	This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
-	dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
-	package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
-
-*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
-
-The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by the its origin,
-i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.
-The *Suggests* field, for example,
-gets the *"package dependency and optional"* type,
-whereas the *SystemRequirements* gets *"system dependency and mandatory"*.
 
+==================
+ Dependency Rules
+==================
 
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+-------------------------
  Simple Dependency Rules
-+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+-------------------------
 
 *Simple dependency rules* use a dictionary and string transformations
 to resolve dependencies. *Fuzzy simple dependency rules* extend these by
@@ -716,8 +876,9 @@ dictionary entry.
 
 This is the only rule implementation currently available.
 
-Rule Variants
--------------
++++++++++++++++
+ Rule Variants
++++++++++++++++
 
 default
    The expected behavior of a dictionary-based rule: It matches one or more
@@ -727,8 +888,9 @@ ignore
    This variant will ignore *dependency strings*. Technically, it will
    resolve them as **nothing**.
 
-Rule types
-----------
+++++++++++++
+ Rule types
+++++++++++++
 
 Simple Rules
    A simple rule resolves **exact string matches** (case-insensitive).
@@ -765,8 +927,9 @@ Fuzzy Rules
       * "R ( !2.10 )" as "( dev-lang/R !=dev-lang/R-2.10 )"
 
 
-Rule File Examples
-------------------
+++++++++++++++++++++
+ Rule File Examples
+++++++++++++++++++++
 
 This sections lists some rule file examples.
 See `Rule File Syntax`_ for a formal<precise,..?> description.
@@ -791,6 +954,12 @@ Example 2 - *default* simple rule stub
 
       zoo
 
+   .. Note::
+
+		R Package rules are dynamically created at runtime and therefore not
+		needed. Write them only if certain R package dependencies cannot
+		be resolved.
+
 Example 3 - *default* simple rule
    A rule that matches several *dependency strings* and resolves them
    as "sci-libs/gdal and sci-libs/proj":
@@ -827,8 +996,9 @@ else in *<R Overlay src directory>/simple-deprules.d*.
 
 .. _Dependency Rule File Syntax:
 
-Rule File Syntax
-----------------
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Rule File Syntax
+++++++++++++++++++
 
 Simple dependency rule files have a special syntax. Each rule is introduced
 with the resolving *dependency* prefixed by a *keychar* that sets the rule
@@ -908,47 +1078,53 @@ Multi line rules
             ...
          }
 
+Selfdep
+	This is another name for *dependency strings* that are resolved by an
+	R package with the same name, which is also part of the overlay being
+	created.
+
+	Example: *zoo* is resolved as *sci-R/zoo* (if OVERLAY_CATEGORY is *sci-R*)
+
+	Writing selfdep rules is not necessary since *roverlay* automatically
+	creates rules for all R known packages (see `Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool`_
+	for details).
+
+	There are a few exceptions to that in which case selfdep rules have to
+	be written:
+
+	* The *dependency string* is assumed to be a system dependency (not an
+	  R package). This is likely a "bug" in the DESCRIPTION file of the
+	  R package being processed.
+
+	* The R package name is not ebuild-name compliant (e.g. contains the '.'
+	  char, which is remapped to '_'.).
+	  Most *char remap* cases are handled properly, but there may be a few
+	  exceptions.
+
+	.. Caution::
+
+		Writing unnecessary selfdep rules slows dependency resolution down!
+		Each rule will exist twice, once as *dynamic* rule and once as
+		the written one.
+
+
 Rule Stubs
-   There's a shorter syntax for dependencies that are resolved within the
-   created overlay. For example, if your OVERLAY_CATEGORY is
-   *sci-R*, *zoo* should be resolved as *sci-R/zoo*.
-   This rule can be written as a single word, *zoo*. Such stubs are called
-   **selfdeps**.
+   There's a shorter syntax for selfdeps.
+   For example, if your OVERLAY_CATEGORY is *sci-R*,
+   *zoo* should be resolved as *sci-R/zoo*.
+   This rule can be written as a single word, *zoo*.
 
    Syntax:
       .. code:: text
 
          [<keychar>]<short dependency>
 
+
 Comments
    start with **#**. There are a few exceptions to that, the *#deptype* and
    *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
    will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
 
---------------------------------------------------------------
- Expected Overlay Result / Structure of the generated overlay
---------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Assuming that you're using the default configuration (where possible) and
-the *R-packages* eclass file, the result should look like:
-
-.. code-block:: text
-
-   <overlay root>/
-   <overlay root>/eclass
-   <overlay root>/eclass/R-packages.eclass
-   <overlay root>/profiles
-   <overlay root>/profiles/categories
-   <overlay root>/profiles/repo_name
-   <overlay root>/profiles/use.desc
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/<many directories per R package>
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/Manifest
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/metadata.xml
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.5.9.ebuild
-   <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.6.4.ebuild
-
-
 ================
  DepRes Console
 ================
@@ -1081,13 +1257,6 @@ Example Session:
  Configuration Reference
 =========================
 
-------------------
- Dependency Rules
-------------------
-
-<merge with basic..overview::deprules>
-
-
 --------------
  Repositories
 --------------
@@ -1548,6 +1717,13 @@ Known field flags:
  Appendix
 ==========
 
+-----------------
+ ebuild examples
+-----------------
+<required? this section would contain a minimal (DESCRIPTION, SRC_URI)
+and a 'bloated' (all vars, +DEPEND,RDEPEND,IUSE,R_SUGGEST,_UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES)
+ebuild>
+
 -------------------------------
  Default Field Definition File
 -------------------------------


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-15 16:14 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-15 16:14 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     a5e90d3d5031ba52b9d010fdf8cd989dc2cba981
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Aug 15 16:14:22 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Aug 15 16:14:22 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=a5e90d3d

usage doc

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 1125 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 files changed, 682 insertions(+), 443 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 4f77f44..8be11e5 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .. |date| date:: %b %d %Y
 
-.. header:: Automatically Generated Overlay of R package - Manual (|date|)
+.. header:: Automatically Generated Overlay of R packages - Manual (|date|)
 
 
 .. _roverlay-9999.ebuild:
@@ -26,6 +26,40 @@
  Introduction
 ==============
 
+<<
+~audience~
+
+"system" / using roverlay:
+   Chapter 2 + 3,  `Installation`_ and `Running Roverlay`_
+   maybe Chapter 4, `Basic Implementation Overview` that describes what to
+   expect from roverlay
+
+"maintenance" / controlling overlay creation:
+   Chapters 5-8, maybe chapter 9 for testing dependency rules
+
+"testing"
+   Chapters: variable (depends on what to test to what extend)
+   basically chapters 2-9 (with the `DepRes Console`_ section that is only
+   interesting for testing)
+
+   * overlay maintainers. Those who use *roverlay* to generate the overlay
+     and provide an R package mirror.
+   * *roverlay* maintainers
+
+"architecture doc"
+   Mainly chapter 10, maybe 4,5,6,8
+
+"end-users" / using the created overlay
+   not covered by this doc
+
+expected prior knowledge
+
+   * portage overlays
+   * what an R package is (except for "system")
+
+>>
+
+
 *roverlay* is
 Automatically Generated Overlay of R packages;;
 GSoC Project;;
@@ -57,32 +91,30 @@ GSoC Project;;
 
 * for generating documentation files: python docutils >= 0.9
 
-* hardware requirements (when the default configuration):
+* hardware requirements (when using the default configuration):
 
    disk
+      * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages
       * a filesystem that supports symbolic links
-      * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages when using the default
-        R package hosts (CRAN with archive, BIOC, R-Forge and Omegahat)
-      * <a lot of inodes for PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIR/__tmp__ and the overlay>
+      * there will be many small-sized files (ebuilds),
+        so a filesystem with lots of inodes and a small block size
+        may be advantageous
 
    memory
       up to 600MB which depends on the amount of processed packages and the
       write mechanism in use. The amount can be halved (approximately) when
       using a slower one.
 
-   other
-      No other hardware requirements. <as a measurement for computing speed,
-      i/o requirements:
-      overlay creation takes 3-4h on modern desktop hardware with overlay
-      writing to a tmpfs, most time is spent for Manifest creation>
+   time
+      Expect 3-6h execution time, depending on computing and I/O speed.
 
 ---------------------
  via emerge (Gentoo)
 ---------------------
 
 A live ebuild is available, `roverlay-9999.ebuild`_.
-Add it to your local overlay and run ``emerge roverlay``, which will also
-install all config files into */etc/roverlay*.
+Add it to your local overlay and run ``emerge roverlay``, which also installs
+all necessary config files into */etc/roverlay*.
 
 ---------------------
  Manual Installation
@@ -107,8 +139,8 @@ install *roverlay* and its python modules:
 * *PYMOD_FILE_LIST*, which lists the installed python module files
   and defaults to './roverlay_files.list'
 
-* *PYTHON*, name of path of the python interpreter that will run 'setup.py',
-  defaults to 'python'
+* *PYTHON*, name or path of the python interpreter that is used to run
+  'setup.py', defaults to 'python'
 
 
 *roverlay* can later be uninstalled with ``make uninstall``.
@@ -123,20 +155,20 @@ install *roverlay* and its python modules:
 
 .. Warning::
 
-   Support for this installation type is limited - it won't install/create
+   Support for this installation type is limited - it doesn't create/install
    any config files!
 
 ---------------------------------------
  Using *roverlay* without installation
 ---------------------------------------
 
-This is possible, too. Make sure to meet the dependencies as listed
-in Prerequisites_.
-Then, simply clone the git repository to a local directory that
-will later be referenced as the *R Overlay src directory*.
+This is possible, too.
+Make sure to meet the dependencies as listed in Prerequisites_.
+Then, simply clone the git repository to a local directory that is referenced
+as the *R Overlay src directory* from now on.
 
 .. Note::
-   You'll have to cd into the *R Overlay src directory* before running
+   You have to *cd* into the *R Overlay src directory* before running
    *roverlay* to ensure that the python modules can be imported correctly.
 
    You can work around this by setting up a wrapper script:
@@ -158,7 +190,6 @@ will later be referenced as the *R Overlay src directory*.
 ------------------------------
 
 *roverlay* needs a configuration file to run.
-
 If you've installed *roverlay* with *emerge*, it will look for the config
 file in that order:
 
@@ -199,7 +230,7 @@ The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
       Example: DISTFILES = ~/roverlay/distfiles
 
    LOG_FILE
-      This sets the log file.
+      This sets the log file. An empty value disables file logging.
 
       Example: LOG_FILE = ~/roverlay/log/roverlay.log
 
@@ -231,16 +262,14 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
    SIMPLE_RULES_FILE
       This option lists dependency rule files and/or directories with
-      such files that should be used for dependency resolution (see
-      `Dependency Rules`).
+      such files that should be used for dependency resolution.
       Although not required, this option is **recommended** since ebuild
       creation without dependency rules fails for most R packages.
 
       Example: SIMPLE_RULES_FILE = ~/roverlay/config/simple-deprules.d
 
    REPO_CONFIG
-      A list with one or more files that list repositories
-      (see `Repositories / Getting Packages`_).
+      A list with one or more files that list repositories.
       This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
       via one or more ``repo-config <file>`` statements.
 
@@ -268,7 +297,31 @@ There's another option that is useful if you want to create new dependency
 rules, LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE_, which will write all unresolvable dependencies
 to the specified file (one dependency string per line).
 
-For details and a full configuration reference, see `Configuration Reference`_.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Extended Configuration / Where to go from here?
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Proceed with `Running it`_ if you're fine with the default configuration
+and the changes you've already made, otherwise the following chapters are
+relevant and should provide you with the knowledge to determine the ideal
+configuration.
+
+Repositories
+   See `Repositories / Getting Packages`_, which describes how repositories
+   can be configured.
+
+Dependency Rules
+   See `Dependency Rules`_, which explains how dependency rules work and
+   how they're written.
+
+Main Config
+   See `Configuration Reference`_ for all main config options like log file
+   rotation and assistance for writing new *dependency rules*.
+
+Field Definition
+   Refer to `Field Definition`_ in case you want to change *how* R packages
+   are being read, e.g. if you want the 'Depents' information field (obviously
+   a typo) to be understood as 'Depends'.
 
 ------------
  Running it
@@ -294,7 +347,8 @@ as described in `Required configuration steps`_.
 The default command is *create*, which downloads the R packages (unless
 explicitly forbidden to do so) and generates the overlay. This is the
 desired behavior in most cases, so simply running ``roverlay`` should be
-fine.
+fine. See `Basic Implementation Overview`_ if you'd rather like to know
+in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
 
 *roverlay* also accepts some **options**, most notably:
 
@@ -313,7 +367,7 @@ fine.
    kept until all packages have been processed.
    Test results show that memory consumption increases by factor 2 when using
    the faster write mechanism (at ca. 95% ebuild creation success rate),
-   <while ebuild write time decreases by ???>.
+   <<while ebuild write time decreases by ???>>.
 
    Summary: Expect 300 (slow) or 600MB (fast) memory consumption when using
    the default package repositories.
@@ -381,20 +435,19 @@ depres_console, depres
  Providing a package mirror
 ----------------------------
 
-<No recommendations at this time. The current ManifestCreation implementation
-creates a directory *<distfiles root>/__tmp__* with symlinks to all packages,
-which could be used for providing packages, but this may change
-in near future since external Manifest creation is too slow
-(takes >60% of overlay creation time).>
-
+No recommendations available at this time.
+The current ManifestCreation implementation creates a directory
+*<distfiles root>/__tmp__* with symlinks to all packages, which could be used
+for providing packages, but this may change in near future since external
+Manifest creation is too slow (takes >60% of overlay creation time).
 
-=========================
- Implementation Overview
-=========================
+===============================
+ Basic Implementation Overview
+===============================
 
---------------------------------
- How *roverlay* basically works
---------------------------------
+----------------------
+ How *roverlay* works
+----------------------
 
 These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
@@ -450,163 +503,6 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
      * this uses all ebuilds availabe for a package
 
 
------------------------
- Dependency Resolution
------------------------
-
-Each ebuild creation process has access to the *dependency resolver* that
-accepts *dependency strings*, tries to resolve them and returns the result,
-either "unresolvable" or the resolving *dependency* as
-*Dynamic DEPEND*/*DEPEND Atom*.
-
-The ebuild creation uses *channels* for communication with the *dependency
-resolver*, so-called *EbuildJobChannels* that handle the 'high-level'
-string-to-string dependency resolution for a set of *dependency strings*.
-Typically, one *channel* is used per ebuild variable (DEPEND, RDEPEND and
-R_SUGGESTS).
-
-From the ebuild creation perspective, dependency resolution works like this:
-
-#. Collect the *dependency strings* from the DESCRIPTION data and add them
-   to the communication *channels* (up to 3 will be used)
-
-#. Wait until all channels are *done*
-
-#. **Stop ebuild creation** if a channel reports that it couldn't resolve
-   all *required dependencies*. No ebuild can be created in that case.
-
-#. **Successfully done** - transfer the channel results to ebuild variables
-
-
-Details about dependency resolution like how *channels* work can be found
-in the following sections.
-
-++++++++++++++++++
- Dependency types
-++++++++++++++++++
-
-Every *dependency string* has a *dependency type* that declares how a
-dependency should be resolved. It has one or more of these properties:
-
-Mandatory
-   Ebuild creation fails if the *dependency string* in question cannot
-   be resolved.
-
-Optional
-   The opposite of *Mandatory*, ebuild creation keeps going even if the
-   *dependency string* is unresolvable.
-
-Package Dependency
-   This declares that the *dependency string* could be another R package.
-
-System Dependency
-   This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
-   e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
-
-Try other dependency types
-   This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
-   dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
-   package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
-   Throughout this guide, such property is indicated by *<preferred dependency
-   type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
-
-*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
-
-The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by the its origin,
-i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.
-The *Suggests* field, for example, gets the
-*"package dependency only and optional"* type, whereas the *SystemRequirements*
-gets *"system dependency, but try others, and mandatory"*.
-
-
-DESCRIPTION file dependency fields
-----------------------------------
-
-The DESCRIPTION file of an R package contains several fields that list
-dependencies on R packages or other software like scientific libraries.
-This section describes which *dependency fields* are used and how.
-
-.. table:: R package dependency fields
-
-   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
-   | dependency field   | ebuild variable      | dependency type  | required  |
-   +====================+======================+==================+===========+
-   | Depends            | DEPEND               | package first    | *yes*     |
-   +--------------------+                      +                  +           +
-   | Imports            |                      |                  |           |
-   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+           +
-   | LinkingTo          | RDEPEND              | package first    |           |
-   +--------------------+                      +------------------+           +
-   | SystemRequirements |                      | system first     |           |
-   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
-   | Suggests           | R_SUGGESTS           | package **only** | **no**    |
-   +                    +----------------------+------------------+-----------+
-   |                    | _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES | *unresolvable*   | *n/a*     |
-   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
-
-A non-empty *R_SUGGESTS* ebuild variable will enable the *R_suggests* USE
-flag. *R_SUGGESTS* is a runtime dependency (a *Dynamic DEPEND* in *RDEPEND*).
-
-Ebuild creation keeps going if an optional dependency cannot be resolved.
-This isn't desirable for most *dependency fields*, but extremely
-useful for R package suggestions that often link to other repositories or
-private homepages.
-Such unresolvable dependencies go into the *_UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES* ebuild
-variable.
-Whether and how this variable is used is up to the eclass file(s).
-The default *R-packages eclass* reports unresolvable,
-but optional dependencies during the *pkg_postinst()* ebuild phase.
-
-
-+++++++++++++++++++++++
- Dependency Rule Pools
-+++++++++++++++++++++++
-
-The *dependency resolver* doesn't know *how* to resolve a *dependency string*.
-Instead, it searches through a list of *dependency rule pools* that may be
-able to do this.
-
-A *dependency rule pool* combines a list of *dependency rules* with a
-*dependency type* and is able to determine whether it accepts the type
-of a *dependency string* or not.
-
-*Dependency rules* are objects with a "matches" function that returns the
-*resolving dependency* if it matches the given *dependency string*, else
-it returns "cannot resolve". Note the difference between
-"a rule cannot resolve a dep string" and "dep string is unresolvable",
-which means that no rule can resolve a particular *dependency string*.
-
-See `Dependency Rules`_ for the concrete rules available.
-
-Rule pools are normally created by reading rule files, but some rule pools
-consist of rules that exist in memory only.
-These are called **Dynamic Rule Pools** and use runtime data like "all known
-R packages" to create rules.
-
-
-.. _Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool:
-
-*roverlay* uses one dynamic rule pool, the **Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool**.
-This pool contains rules for all known R packages and is able to resolve
-R package dependencies.
-By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
-
-
-
-
-<
-Dependency resolution is split into several components.
-Each package *p* has zero or more dependencies,......
-
-
-Dependency Rules
-   x
-
-
-Dependency Resolver
-   This is the
-
-
 --------------------------------------------------------------
  Expected Overlay Result / Structure of the generated overlay
 --------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -630,14 +526,151 @@ the *R-packages* eclass file, the result should look like:
    <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.5.9.ebuild
    <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.6.4.ebuild
 
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Expected Ebuild Result
+++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Ebuild Template
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      <ebuild header>
+      inherit <eclass(es)>
+
+      DESCRIPTION="<the R package's description>"
+      SRC_URI="<src uri for the R package>"
+
+      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
+         R_suggests
+      "
+      R_SUGGESTS="<R package suggestions>"
+      DEPEND="<build time dependencies for the R package>"
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
+         <runtime dependencies>
+         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+      "
+
+      _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES=(<unresolvable, but optional dependencies>)
+
+   Some of the variables may be missing if they're not needed.
+
+   A really minimal ebuild would look like:
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      <ebuild header>
+      inherit <eclass(es)>
+
+      SRC_URI="<src uri for the R package>"
+
+Example: seewave 1.6.4 from CRAN:
+   The default ebuild header (which cannot be changed) automatically sets
+   the ebuild's copyright year to 1999-*<current year>*.
+
+   .. code-block:: sh
+
+      # Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
+      # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
+      # $Header: $
+
+      EAPI=4
+      inherit R-packages
+
+      DESCRIPTION="Time wave analysis and graphical representation"
+      SRC_URI="http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/seewave_1.6.4.tar.gz"
+
+      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
+         R_suggests
+      "
+      R_SUGGESTS="sci-R/sound
+         sci-R/audio
+      "
+      DEPEND="sci-R/fftw
+         sci-R/tuneR
+         >=dev-lang/R-2.15.0
+         sci-R/rpanel
+         sci-R/rgl
+      "
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
+         media-libs/flac
+         sci-libs/fftw
+         media-libs/libsndfile
+         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+      "
+
+Example: MetaPCA 0.1.3 from CRAN's archive:
+   Note the shortened *DESCRIPTION* variable that points to the *metadata.xml*
+   file. This happens if the description is too long.
+
+   .. code-block:: sh
+
+      # Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
+      # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
+      # $Header: $
+
+      EAPI=4
+      inherit R-packages
+
+      DESCRIPTION="MetaPCA: Meta-analysis in the Di... (see metadata)"
+      SRC_URI="http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/Archive/MetaPCA/MetaPCA_0.1.3.tar.gz"
+
+      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
+         R_suggests
+      "
+      R_SUGGESTS="sci-R/doMC
+         sci-R/affy
+         sci-R/ellipse
+         sci-R/pcaPP
+         sci-R/MASS
+         sci-R/impute
+         sci-R/doSMP
+         sci-R/GEOquery
+      "
+      DEPEND="sci-R/foreach"
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
+         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+      "
+
+      _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES=('hgu133plus2.db')
+
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Expected *metadata.xml* Result
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The *metadata.xml* will contain the full description for the latest version
+of a package.
+
+Example: seewave from CRAN
+   Note the ' // ' delimiter. It will be used to separate description strings
+   if a package has more than one, e.g. one in its *Title* and one in its
+   *Description* information field.
+
+   .. code-block:: xml
+
+      <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+      <!DOCTYPE pkgmetadata SYSTEM "http://www.gentoo.org/dtd/metadata.dtd">
+      <pkgmetadata>
+         <longdescription>
+            Time wave analysis and graphical representation // seewave
+            provides functions for analysing, manipulating, displaying,
+            editing and synthesizing time waves (particularly sound).  This
+            package processes time analysis (oscillograms and envelopes),
+            spectral content, resonance quality factor, entropy, cross
+            correlation and autocorrelation, zero-crossing, dominant
+            frequency, analytic signal, frequency coherence, 2D and 3D
+            spectrograms and many other analyses.
+         </longdescription>
+      </pkgmetadata>
+
 =================================
  Repositories / Getting Packages
 =================================
 
 *roverlay* is capable of downloading R packages via rsync and http,
-and is able to use any packages locally available. The concrete method used
-to get and use the packages is determined by the concrete
-**type of a repository** and that's what this section is about.
+and is able to use any packages locally available. The method used to get and
+use the packages is determined by the concrete **type of a repository** and
+that's what this section is about. It also covers repository configuration.
 
 .. _repo config:
 
@@ -661,19 +694,22 @@ Such options are declared with ``<option> = <value>`` in the repo entry.
 
 The common options for repository entries are:
 
-* *type*, which declares the repository type. Available types are:
+* *type* (optional), which declares the repository type.
+  Available types are:
 
-   * rsync_
-   * websync_repo_
-   * websync_pkglist_
-   * local_
+  * rsync_
+  * websync_repo_
+  * websync_pkglist_
+  * local_
 
-  Defaults to *rsync*
+  Defaults to *rsync*.
 
-* *src_uri*, which declares how ebuilds can download the packages. Some repo
-  types use this for downloading, too.
+* *src_uri* (**required**),
+  which declares how ebuilds can download the packages.
+  Some repo types use this for downloading, too.
 
-* *directory*, which explicitly sets the package directory to use.
+* *directory* (optional),
+  which explicitly sets the package directory to use.
   The default behavior is to use `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/<repo name>
 
 
@@ -688,7 +724,7 @@ The common options for repository entries are:
 -------------
 
 Runs *rsync* to download packages. Automatic sync retries are supported if
-*rsync*'s exit codes indicates chances of success.
+*rsync*'s exit code indicates chances of success.
 For example, up to 3 retries are granted if *rsync* returns
 *Partial transfer due to vanished source files* which likely happens when
 syncing big repositories like CRAN.
@@ -812,7 +848,7 @@ one package uri per line:
    http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib/Aspell_0.2-0.tar.gz
    ...
 
-Comments are not supported. Assuming that such a package list exists as <at?>
+Comments are not supported. Assuming that such a package list exists at
 *~/roverlay/config/http_packages.list*, an example entry in the repo config
 file would be:
 
@@ -869,8 +905,8 @@ A local directory will never be modified.
 
 *Simple dependency rules* use a dictionary and string transformations
 to resolve dependencies. *Fuzzy simple dependency rules* extend these by
-a set of regexes, which allows to resolve many dependency strings that
-minimally differ (e.g. only in the required version and/or comments:
+a set of regular expressions, which allows to resolve many dependency strings
+that minimally differ (e.g. only in the required version and/or comments:
 `R (>= 2.10)` and `R [2.14] from http://www.r-project.org/`) with a single
 dictionary entry.
 
@@ -932,7 +968,7 @@ Fuzzy Rules
 ++++++++++++++++++++
 
 This sections lists some rule file examples.
-See `Rule File Syntax`_ for a formal<precise,..?> description.
+See `Rule File Syntax`_ for a formal description.
 
 
 Example 1 - *default* fuzzy rule
@@ -958,7 +994,7 @@ Example 2 - *default* simple rule stub
 
 		R Package rules are dynamically created at runtime and therefore not
 		needed. Write them only if certain R package dependencies cannot
-		be resolved.
+		be resolved. See *Selfdep* in `Rule File Syntax`_ for details.
 
 Example 3 - *default* simple rule
    A rule that matches several *dependency strings* and resolves them
@@ -1067,7 +1103,7 @@ Single line rules
 Multi line rules
    resolve several *dependency strings*.
    Their rule block begins with '{' + newline, followed by one
-   *dependency string* per line, and ends with '}'.
+   *dependency string* per line, and ends with '}' in a separate line.
 
    Syntax:
       .. code-block:: text
@@ -1078,34 +1114,46 @@ Multi line rules
             ...
          }
 
+   .. Note::
+
+      Technically, this rule syntax can be used to specify rules with
+      zero or more *dependency strings*. An empty rule doesn't make much sense,
+      though.
+
+Comments
+   start with **#**. There are a few exceptions to that, the *#deptype* and
+   *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
+   will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
+
 Selfdep
-	This is another name for *dependency strings* that are resolved by an
-	R package with the same name, which is also part of the overlay being
-	created.
+   This is another name for *dependency strings* that are resolved by an
+   R package with the same name, which is also part of the overlay being
+   created.
 
-	Example: *zoo* is resolved as *sci-R/zoo* (if OVERLAY_CATEGORY is *sci-R*)
+   Example: *zoo* is resolved as *sci-R/zoo*, assuming that `OVERLAY_CATEGORY`_
+   is set to *sci-R*
 
-	Writing selfdep rules is not necessary since *roverlay* automatically
-	creates rules for all R known packages (see `Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool`_
-	for details).
+   Writing selfdep rules is not necessary since *roverlay* automatically
+   creates rules for all known R packages (see `Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool`_
+   for details).
 
-	There are a few exceptions to that in which case selfdep rules have to
-	be written:
+   There are a few exceptions to that in which case selfdep rules have to
+   be written:
 
-	* The *dependency string* is assumed to be a system dependency (not an
-	  R package). This is likely a "bug" in the DESCRIPTION file of the
-	  R package being processed.
+   * The *dependency string* is assumed to be a system dependency (not an
+     R package). This is likely a "bug" in the DESCRIPTION file of the
+     R package being processed.
 
-	* The R package name is not ebuild-name compliant (e.g. contains the '.'
-	  char, which is remapped to '_'.).
-	  Most *char remap* cases are handled properly, but there may be a few
-	  exceptions.
+   * The R package name is not ebuild-name compliant (e.g. contains the '.'
+     char, which is remapped to '_'.).
+     Most *char remap* cases are handled properly, but there may be a few
+     exceptions.
 
-	.. Caution::
+   .. Caution::
 
-		Writing unnecessary selfdep rules slows dependency resolution down!
-		Each rule will exist twice, once as *dynamic* rule and once as
-		the written one.
+      Writing unnecessary selfdep rules slows dependency resolution down!
+      Each rule will exist twice, once as *dynamic* rule and once as
+      the written one.
 
 
 Rule Stubs
@@ -1120,178 +1168,35 @@ Rule Stubs
          [<keychar>]<short dependency>
 
 
-Comments
-   start with **#**. There are a few exceptions to that, the *#deptype* and
-   *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
-   will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
+=========================
+ Configuration Reference
+=========================
 
-================
- DepRes Console
-================
+The main config file uses '<option> = <value>' syntax, comment lines start
+with **#**. Variable substitution ("${X}") is not supported. Quotes around
+the value are optional and allow to span long values over multiple lines.
+Whitespace is ignored, file **paths must not contain whitespace**.
 
-As previously stated, the *DepRes Console* is only meant for **testing**.
-It's an interactive console with the following features:
+Some options have value type restrictions. These *value types* are used:
 
-* resolve dependencies
-* create new dependency rules (**only single line rules**)
-* create dependency rules for each R package found in a directory
-* load rules from files
-* save rules to a file
+log_level
+   Value has to be a log level. Available choise are *DEBUG*, *INFO*, *WARN*,
+   *WARNING*, *ERROR* and *CRITICAL*.
 
-Rules are managed in a set. These so-called *rule pools* are organized in
-a *first-in-first-out* data structure that allows
-to create or remove them easily at runtime.
+bool
+   Value is a string that represents a boolean value.
 
-Running ``roverlay depres_console`` will print a welcome message that
-lists all available commands and a few usage hints.
+   This table illustrates which value strings are accepted:
 
-For reference, these commands are currently available:
-
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| command             | description                                        |
-+=====================+====================================================+
-| help,               | lists all commands                                 |
-| h                   |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| help --list,        | lists all help topics for which help is available  |
-| h --list            |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| help *<cmd>*,       | prints a command-specific help message             |
-| h *<cmd>*           |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| load *<file|dir>*,  | loads a rule file or a directory with rule files   |
-| l *<file|dir>*      | into a new *rule pool*                             |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| load_conf,          | loads the rule files listed in the config file     |
-| lc                  | into a new *rule pool*                             |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| addrule *<rule>*    | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
-| + *<rule>*          | i.e. latest *rule pool*. This command uses         |
-|                     | `Rule File Syntax`_, but multi line rules are      |
-|                     | not supported.                                     |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| add_pool,           | creates a new *rule pool*                          |
-| <<                  |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| unwind,             | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
-| >>                  | rules                                              |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| resolve *<dep>*,    | tries to resolve the given dependency string and   |
-| ? *<dep>*           | prints the result                                  |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print, p            | prints the rules of the topmost *rule pool*        |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print all, p all    | prints the rules of all *rule pools*               |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| write *<file>*,     | writes the rules of the topmost *rule pool* into   |
-| w *<file>*          | *<file>*                                           |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| cd *<dir>*          | changes the working directory, also creates it if  |
-|                     | necessary                                          |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| scandir *<dir>*,    | creates dependency rules for each R package found  |
-| sd *<dir>*          | in *<dir>*                                         |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| set, unset          | prints the status of currently (in)active modes    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| set *<mode>*,       | set or unsets *<mode>*. There's only one mode to   |
-| unset *<mode>*      | control, the *shlex mode* which controls how       |
-|                     | command arguments are parsed                       |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| mkhelp              | verifies that each accessible command has a help   |
-|                     | message                                            |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| exit, qq, q         | exit the *DepRes Console*                          |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-
-Example Session:
-   .. code-block::
-
-      == depres console ==
-      Run 'help' to list all known commands
-      More specifically, 'help <cmd>' prints a help message for the given
-      command, and 'help --list' lists all help topics available
-      Use 'load_conf' or 'lc' to load the configured rule files
-
-      commands: load, unwind, set, help, >>, load_conf, <<, cd, mkhelp,
-      resolve, lc, add_pool, addrule, h, +, l, li, write, p, r, ?, w, print,
-      sd, unset, scandir
-      exit-commands: q, qq, exit
-
-      cmd % + ~dev-lang/R :: R language
-      new rules:
-      ~dev-lang/R :: R language
-      --- ---
-      command succeeded.
-
-      cmd % ? R language
-      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
-      Resolved as: ('dev-lang/R',)
-
-      cmd % ? R language [ 2.15 ]
-      Trying to resolve ('R language [ 2.15 ]',).
-      Resolved as: ('>=dev-lang/R-2.15',)
-
-      cmd % ? R
-      Trying to resolve ('R',).
-      Channel returned None. At least one dep couldn't be resolved.
-
-      cmd % p
-      ~dev-lang/R :: R language
-
-      cmd % >>
-      Pool removed from resolver.
-
-      cmd % p
-
-      cmd % ? R language
-      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
-      Channel returned None. At least one dep couldn't be resolved.
-
-      cmd % exit
-
-
-=========================
- Configuration Reference
-=========================
-
---------------
- Repositories
---------------
-
-<merge with basic..overview::repo>
-
--------------
-Main Config
--------------
-
-The main config file uses "<option> = <value>" syntax, comment lines start
-with **#**. Variable substitution ("${X}") is not supported. Quotes around
-the value are optional and allow to span long values over multiple lines.
-Whitespace is ignored, file **paths must not contain whitespace**.
-
-Some options have value type restrictions. These *value types* are used:
-
-log_level
-   Value has to be a log level. Available choise are *DEBUG*, *INFO*, *WARN*,
-   *WARNING*, *ERROR* and *CRITICAL*.
-
-bool
-   Value is a string that represents a boolean value.
-
-   This table illustrates which values strings are accepted:
-
-   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
-   | string value                   | boolean value        |
-   +================================+======================+
-   | y, yes, on, 1, true, enabled   | *True*               |
-   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
-   | n, no, off, 0, false, disabled | *False*              |
-   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
-   | *<any other value>*            | **not allowed**      |
-   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
+   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
+   | string value                   | boolean value        |
+   +================================+======================+
+   | y, yes, on, 1, true, enabled   | *True*               |
+   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
+   | n, no, off, 0, false, disabled | *False*              |
+   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
+   | *<any other value>*            | **not allowed**      |
+   +--------------------------------+----------------------+
 
 
 There are also some implicit *value types*:
@@ -1313,9 +1218,9 @@ file, dir
 
 The following sections will list all config entries.
 
-++++++++++++++
+--------------
  misc options
-++++++++++++++
+--------------
 
 .. _DISTFILES:
 
@@ -1337,9 +1242,9 @@ DISTROOT
    Alias for DISTFILES_ROOT_.
 
 
-+++++++++++++++++
+-----------------
  overlay options
-+++++++++++++++++
+-----------------
 
 .. _ECLASS:
 
@@ -1391,9 +1296,9 @@ OVERLAY_NAME
 
    Defaults to *R_Overlay*.
 
-++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------
  other config files
-++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------
 
 Some config config options are split from the main config file for various
 reasons:
@@ -1449,18 +1354,16 @@ SIMPLE_RULES_FILE
 SIMPLE_RULES_FILES
    Alias to SIMPLE_RULES_FILE_.
 
-+++++++++
+---------
  logging
-+++++++++
+---------
 
 .. _LOG_DATE_FORMAT:
 
 LOG_DATE_FORMAT
-   The date format used in log messages.
+   The date format (ISO8601) used in log messages.
 
    Defaults to *%F %H:%M:%S*.
-   (<<explain the date format by referencing to date(1)
-   or python's logging->? module>>)
 
 .. _LOG_ENABLED:
 
@@ -1481,9 +1384,9 @@ LOG_LEVEL
 
    Defaults to <not set> - all log targets will use their own defaults
 
-
-console logging
----------------
++++++++++++++++++
+ console logging
++++++++++++++++++
 
 .. _LOG_CONSOLE:
 
@@ -1506,9 +1409,9 @@ LOG_LEVEL_CONSOLE
 
    Defaults to *INFO*.
 
-
-file logging
-------------
+++++++++++++++
+ file logging
+++++++++++++++
 
 .. _LOG_FILE:
 
@@ -1573,9 +1476,9 @@ LOG_FILE_ROTATE_COUNT
 
    Defaults to *3* and has no effect if LOG_FILE_ROTATE_ is disabled.
 
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
  options for debugging, manual dependency rule creation and testing
-++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 .. _DESCRIPTION_DIR:
 
@@ -1611,12 +1514,16 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
 
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables bandwidth limitation.
 
-------------------
- Field Definition
-------------------
 
-The field definition file uses ConfigParser_ syntax. For an example, see
-`default field definition file`_.
+.. _Field Definition:
+
+=========================
+ Field Definition Config
+=========================
+
+The field definition file uses ConfigParser_ syntax and defines
+how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
+See the next section, `default field definition file`_,  for an example.
 
 Each information field has its own section which declares a set of options
 and flags. Flags are case-insensivitve options
@@ -1681,8 +1588,8 @@ Known field flags:
    .. _field flag\: isList:
 
    isList
-      Declares that a field's value is a list whose values are separated by
-      by ',' or ';'.
+      Declares that a field's value is a list whose values are separated
+      by ',' and/or ';'.
 
    .. _field flag\: isWhitespaceList:
 
@@ -1706,27 +1613,19 @@ Known field flags:
 
    ignore
       Declares that a field is known but entirely ignored. Unknown fields
-      are ignored, too, the main difference is the log message.
+      are ignored, too, the main difference is the emitted log message if
+      such a field is found.
 
 .. Note::
 
    It won't be checked whether a flag is known or not.
 
 
-==========
- Appendix
-==========
-
------------------
- ebuild examples
------------------
-<required? this section would contain a minimal (DESCRIPTION, SRC_URI)
-and a 'bloated' (all vars, +DEPEND,RDEPEND,IUSE,R_SUGGEST,_UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES)
-ebuild>
+.. _default field definition file:
 
--------------------------------
- Default Field Definition File
--------------------------------
+--------------------------------------------
+ Example: The default field definition file
+--------------------------------------------
 
 This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
 
@@ -1761,3 +1660,343 @@ This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
    [OS_Type]
    alias_nocase   = OS_TYPE
    allowed_values = unix
+
+
+
+.. _DepRes Console:
+
+===============================
+ Dependency Resolution Console
+===============================
+
+As previously stated, the *DepRes Console* is only meant for **testing**.
+It's an interactive console with the following features:
+
+* resolve dependencies
+* create new dependency rules (**only single line rules**)
+* create dependency rules for each R package found in a directory
+* load rules from files
+* save rules to a file
+
+Rules are managed in a set. These so-called *rule pools* are organized in
+a *first-in-first-out* data structure that allows
+to create or remove them easily at runtime.
+
+Running ``roverlay depres_console`` will print a welcome message that
+lists all available commands and a few usage hints.
+
+For reference, these commands are currently available:
+
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| command             | description                                        |
++=====================+====================================================+
+| help,               | lists all commands                                 |
+| h                   |                                                    |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| help --list,        | lists all help topics for which help is available  |
+| h --list            |                                                    |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| help *<cmd>*,       | prints a command-specific help message             |
+| h *<cmd>*           |                                                    |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| load *<file|dir>*,  | loads a rule file or a directory with rule files   |
+| l *<file|dir>*      | into a new *rule pool*                             |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| load_conf,          | loads the rule files listed in the config file     |
+| lc                  | into a new *rule pool*                             |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| addrule *<rule>*    | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
+| + *<rule>*          | i.e. latest *rule pool*. This command uses         |
+|                     | `Rule File Syntax`_, but multi line rules are      |
+|                     | not supported.                                     |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| add_pool,           | creates a new *rule pool*                          |
+| <<                  |                                                    |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| unwind,             | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
+| >>                  | rules                                              |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| resolve *<dep>*,    | tries to resolve the given dependency string and   |
+| ? *<dep>*           | prints the result                                  |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| print, p            | prints the rules of the topmost *rule pool*        |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| print all, p all    | prints the rules of all *rule pools*               |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| write *<file>*,     | writes the rules of the topmost *rule pool* into   |
+| w *<file>*          | *<file>*                                           |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| cd *<dir>*          | changes the working directory, also creates it if  |
+|                     | necessary                                          |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| scandir *<dir>*,    | creates dependency rules for each R package found  |
+| sd *<dir>*          | in *<dir>*                                         |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| set, unset          | prints the status of currently (in)active modes    |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| set *<mode>*,       | sets or unsets *<mode>*. There's only one mode to  |
+| unset *<mode>*      | control, the *shlex mode* which controls how       |
+|                     | command arguments are parsed                       |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| mkhelp              | verifies that each accessible command has a help   |
+|                     | message                                            |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| exit, qq, q         | exits the *DepRes Console*                         |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+
+Example Session:
+   .. code-block::
+
+      == depres console ==
+      Run 'help' to list all known commands
+      More specifically, 'help <cmd>' prints a help message for the given
+      command, and 'help --list' lists all help topics available
+      Use 'load_conf' or 'lc' to load the configured rule files
+
+      commands: load, unwind, set, help, >>, load_conf, <<, cd, mkhelp,
+      resolve, lc, add_pool, addrule, h, +, l, li, write, p, r, ?, w, print,
+      sd, unset, scandir
+      exit-commands: q, qq, exit
+
+      cmd % + ~dev-lang/R :: R language
+      new rules:
+      ~dev-lang/R :: R language
+      --- ---
+      command succeeded.
+
+      cmd % ? R language
+      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
+      Resolved as: ('dev-lang/R',)
+
+      cmd % ? R language [ 2.15 ]
+      Trying to resolve ('R language [ 2.15 ]',).
+      Resolved as: ('>=dev-lang/R-2.15',)
+
+      cmd % ? R
+      Trying to resolve ('R',).
+      Channel returned None. At least one dep couldn't be resolved.
+
+      cmd % p
+      ~dev-lang/R :: R language
+
+      cmd % >>
+      Pool removed from resolver.
+
+      cmd % p
+
+      cmd % ? R language
+      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
+      Channel returned None. At least one dep couldn't be resolved.
+
+      cmd % exit
+
+
+=========================
+ Implementation Overview
+=========================
+
+-----------------------
+ Dependency Resolution
+-----------------------
+
+Each ebuild creation process has access to the *dependency resolver* that
+accepts *dependency strings*, tries to resolve them and returns the result,
+either "unresolvable" or the resolving *dependency* as
+*Dynamic DEPEND*/*DEPEND Atom*.
+
+The ebuild creation uses *channels* for communication with the *dependency
+resolver*, so-called *EbuildJobChannels* that handle the 'high-level'
+string-to-string dependency resolution for a set of *dependency strings*.
+Typically, one *channel* is used per ebuild variable (DEPEND, RDEPEND and
+R_SUGGESTS).
+
+From the ebuild creation perspective, dependency resolution works like this:
+
+#. Collect the *dependency strings* from the DESCRIPTION data and add them
+   to the communication *channels* (up to 3 will be used)
+
+#. Wait until all channels are *done*
+
+#. **Stop ebuild creation** if a channel reports that it couldn't resolve
+   all *required dependencies*. No ebuild can be created in that case.
+
+#. **Successfully done** - transfer the channel results to ebuild variables
+
+
+Details about dependency resolution like how *channels* work can be found
+in the following sections.
+
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency types
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+Every *dependency string* has a *dependency type* that declares how a
+dependency should be resolved. It has one or more of these properties:
+
+Mandatory
+   Ebuild creation fails if the *dependency string* in question cannot
+   be resolved.
+
+Optional
+   The opposite of *Mandatory*, ebuild creation keeps going even if the
+   *dependency string* is unresolvable.
+
+Package Dependency
+   This declares that the *dependency string* could be another R package.
+
+System Dependency
+   This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
+   e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
+
+Try other dependency types
+   This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
+   dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
+   package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
+   Throughout this guide, such property is indicated by *<preferred dependency
+   type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
+
+*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
+
+The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by its origin,
+i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.
+The *Suggests* field, for example, gets the
+*"package dependency only and optional"* type, whereas the *SystemRequirements*
+gets *"system dependency, but try others, and mandatory"*.
+
+
+DESCRIPTION file dependency fields
+----------------------------------
+
+The DESCRIPTION file of an R package contains several fields that list
+dependencies on R packages or other software like scientific libraries.
+This section describes which *dependency fields* are used and how.
+
+.. table:: R package dependency fields
+
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   | dependency field   | ebuild variable      | dependency type  | required  |
+   +====================+======================+==================+===========+
+   | Depends            | DEPEND               | package first    | *yes*     |
+   +--------------------+                      +                  +           +
+   | Imports            |                      |                  |           |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+           +
+   | LinkingTo          | RDEPEND              | package first    |           |
+   +--------------------+                      +------------------+           +
+   | SystemRequirements |                      | system first     |           |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   | Suggests           | R_SUGGESTS           | package **only** | **no**    |
+   +                    +----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+   |                    | _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES | *unresolvable*   | *n/a*     |
+   +--------------------+----------------------+------------------+-----------+
+
+A non-empty *R_SUGGESTS* ebuild variable will enable the *R_suggests* USE
+flag. *R_SUGGESTS* is a runtime dependency (a *Dynamic DEPEND* in *RDEPEND*).
+
+Ebuild creation keeps going if an optional dependency cannot be resolved.
+This isn't desirable for most *dependency fields*, but extremely
+useful for R package suggestions that often link to other repositories or
+private homepages.
+Such unresolvable dependencies go into the *_UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES* ebuild
+variable.
+Whether and how this variable is used is up to the eclass file(s).
+The default *R-packages eclass* reports unresolvable,
+but optional dependencies during the *pkg_postinst()* ebuild phase.
+
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency Rule Pools
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The *dependency resolver* doesn't know *how* to resolve a *dependency string*.
+Instead, it searches through a list of *dependency rule pools* that may be
+able to do this.
+
+A *dependency rule pool* combines a list of *dependency rules* with a
+*dependency type* and is able to determine whether it accepts the type
+of a *dependency string* or not.
+
+*Dependency rules* are objects with a "matches" function that returns the
+*resolving dependency* if it matches the given *dependency string*, else
+it returns "cannot resolve". Note the difference between
+"a rule cannot resolve a dep string" and "dep string is unresolvable",
+which means that no rule can resolve a particular *dependency string*.
+
+See `Dependency Rules`_ for the concrete rules available.
+
+Rule pools are normally created by reading rule files, but some rule pools
+consist of rules that exist in memory only.
+These are called **Dynamic Rule Pools** and use runtime data like "all known
+R packages" to create rules.
+
+
+.. _Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool:
+
+*roverlay* uses one dynamic rule pool, the **Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool**.
+This pool contains rules for all known R packages and is able to resolve
+R package dependencies.
+By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
+
+
+
+
+<<
+Dependency resolution is split into several components.
+Each package *p* has zero or more dependencies,......
+
+
+Dependency Rules
+   x
+
+
+Dependency Resolver
+   This is the
+
+>>
+
+<<
+EbuildJobChannel "work flow"
+
+1. accept *dependency strings* and create *dependency environments* for them
+   until the ebuild creation signalizes that all dep strs have been added
+   (by calling *<channel>.satisfy_request()*)
+
+2. tell the *dependency resolver* that this channel is waiting for results
+
+3. wait for a (partial) result from the resolver
+
+   * **stop waiting** if a *required* dependency could not be resolved.
+     The channel returns "unresolvable" to the ebuild creation and
+     closes afterwards.
+
+   * add unresolvable, but optional deps to the list of unresolvable deps
+   * add resolved deps to the list of resolved deps
+
+4. repeat 3. until all dependencies have been processed (or one req dep could
+   not be resolved)
+
+5. return the resolved and unresolvable deps to the ebuild creation
+
+>>
+
+
+<<
+Dependency Resolver "work flow"
+
+threaded executation
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+   LOOP UNTIL RESOLVER CLOSED:
+
+      wait for a dependency environment d_e
+
+      search in all rule pools
+         if rule pool matches d_e
+            d_e is resolved - tell d_e the resolving dependency and send
+            d_e back to its channel
+
+      d_e is unresolvable - send it back to its channel
+
+>>


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-16 16:28 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-16 16:28 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     4711e9841406fb24dc738ec54c71a1197575156c
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Thu Aug 16 16:27:49 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Thu Aug 16 16:27:49 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=4711e984

doc: Introduction, Dependency Resolution

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |  325 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------
 1 files changed, 263 insertions(+), 62 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 8be11e5..3550522 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
 .. _roverlay git repo:
    http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=summary
 
+.. _git repository: `roverlay git repo`_
+
 .. _omegahat's PACKAGES file:
    http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib/PACKAGES
 
@@ -26,47 +28,51 @@
  Introduction
 ==============
 
-<<
-~audience~
+*roverlay* is an application that aims to provide integration of R packages
+in Gentoo by creating a portage overlay for them.
+Naturally, this also requires proper dependency resolution, especially on the
+system level which cannot be done by *install.packages()* in R.
 
-"system" / using roverlay:
-   Chapter 2 + 3,  `Installation`_ and `Running Roverlay`_
-   maybe Chapter 4, `Basic Implementation Overview` that describes what to
-   expect from roverlay
+The project associated with *roverlay* is called
+*Automatically generated overlay of R packages*, the initial work has been
+done during the *Google Summer of Code 2012*.
 
-"maintenance" / controlling overlay creation:
-   Chapters 5-8, maybe chapter 9 for testing dependency rules
+At its current state, *roverlay* is capable of creating a complete overlay
+with metadata and Manifest files by reading R packages.
+It's also able to work incrementally, i.e. update an existing *R Overlay*.
+Most aspects of overlay creation are configurable with text files.
 
-"testing"
-   Chapters: variable (depends on what to test to what extend)
-   basically chapters 2-9 (with the `DepRes Console`_ section that is only
-   interesting for testing)
+*roverlay* is written in python. There's no homepage available, only a
+`git repository`_ that contains the source code.
 
-   * overlay maintainers. Those who use *roverlay* to generate the overlay
-     and provide an R package mirror.
-   * *roverlay* maintainers
+This document is targeted at
 
-"architecture doc"
-   Mainly chapter 10, maybe 4,5,6,8
+   * overlay maintainers who **use roverlay** to create the R Overlay
 
-"end-users" / using the created overlay
-   not covered by this doc
+     The most relevant chapters are `Installation`_ (2) and
+     `Running Roverlay`_ (3). Additionally, have a look at
+     `Basic Implementation Overview`_ (4) if you want to know what *roverlay*
+     does and what to expect from the generated overlay.
 
-expected prior knowledge
+   * *roverlay* maintainers who **control and test overlay creation**,
+     e.g. configure which R packages will be part of the generated overlay
 
-   * portage overlays
-   * what an R package is (except for "system")
+     Depending on what you want to configure, chapters 5-8 are relevant,
+     namely `Repositories / Getting Packages`_, `Dependency Rules`_,
+     `Configuration Reference`_ and `Field Definition Config`_.
 
->>
+     There's another chapter that is only interesting for testing, the
+     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (9), which can be used to interactively
+     test dependency rules.
 
+   * *roverlay* code maintainers who want to know **how roverlay works** for
+     code improvements etc.
 
-*roverlay* is
-Automatically Generated Overlay of R packages;;
-GSoC Project;;
-`roverlay git repo`_ (no project homepage available);;
-<>;;
-
+     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (10) which has
+     references to other chapters (4-8) where required.
 
+It's expected that you already know about *R packages* (basically a tarball)
+and some portage basics, e.g. *Depend Atoms* and what an overlay is.
 
 
 ==============
@@ -663,6 +669,9 @@ Example: seewave from CRAN
          </longdescription>
       </pkgmetadata>
 
+
+.. _repositories:
+
 =================================
  Repositories / Getting Packages
 =================================
@@ -1797,6 +1806,54 @@ Example Session:
  Implementation Overview
 =========================
 
+<< there's also in-code documentation for which html files can be generated
+using pydoc >>
+
+---------------------------
+ << ~ package job steps >>
+---------------------------
+
++++++++++++++
+ PackageInfo
++++++++++++++
+
+*PackageInfo* is the data object that contains all information about an
+R package and is created by the owing repository.
+
+After initialization it contains data like
+
+* the path to the R package file
+* the origin (repository)
+* the SRC_URI
+* the package name, version
+
+Not all of these data are really existent, some are calculated. *SRC_URI*,
+for example, can often be calculated by combining the origin's "root" src uri
+with the package file.
+
+Initializion may fail if the package's name cannot be understood, which is
+most likely due to unsupported versioning schemes.
+
+It is then checked whether the newly created *PackageInfo p* can be part of
+the overlay. The overlay may refuse to accept *p* if there's already an ebuild
+for it. Otherwise, *p* is now part of the overlay and has to pass
+*ebuild creation*.
+
++++++++++++++++++
+ Ebuild Creation
++++++++++++++++++
+
+<<
+reads package tarball;uses depres;uses Ebuilder
+
+adds data to a PackageInfo instance
+
+* DESCRIPTION data parsed from the package tarball
+* ebuild by using (a) direct desc data access for description, (b) depres
+  and (c) already available information (SRC_URI)
+
+>>
+
 -----------------------
  Dependency Resolution
 -----------------------
@@ -1904,6 +1961,57 @@ Whether and how this variable is used is up to the eclass file(s).
 The default *R-packages eclass* reports unresolvable,
 but optional dependencies during the *pkg_postinst()* ebuild phase.
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency Environments
++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+A *dependency environment* is an object that reflects the whole dependency
+resolution process of a single *dependency string*. It usually contains
+the *dependency string*, its *dependency type*, information about its
+resolution state (*resolved*, *unresolvable*, *to be processed*) and the
+resolving resolving *dependency*, if any.
+
+It is initialized by the communication *channel* and processed by the
+*dependency resolver*.
+
++++++++++++++++++++
+ EbuildJob Channel
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The *EbuildJob Channel* is used by the ebuild creation to communicate with
+the *dependency resolver*. It is initialized by an ebuild creation process and
+realizes a greedy *string to string* dependency resolution.
+
+Its mode of operation is
+
+#. Accept *dependency strings*, create *dependency environments* for them
+   and add them to the registered *dependency resolver*.
+   The *dependency resolver* may already be resolving the added dependencies.
+
+   Leave this state if the ebuild creation signalizes that all *dependency
+   strings* have been added.
+
+#. Tell the *dependency resolver* that this channel is waiting for results.
+
+   The channel using a *blocking queue* for waiting. It expects that the
+   *dependency resolver* sends processed *dependency environments* though this
+   channel, whether successful or not.
+
+#. Process each received *dependency environment* until all dependencies have
+   been resolved or waiting doesn't make sense anymore, i.e. at least one
+   *required* dependency could not be resolved.
+
+   * add successful resolved dependencies to the "resolved" list
+   * add unresolved, but optional dependencies to the "unresolvable" list
+   * any other unresolved dependency is interpreted as "channel cannot satisfy
+     the request", the **channel stops waiting** for remaining results.
+
+#. The *channel* returns the result to the ebuild creation.
+
+   It's either a 2-tuple of resolved and unresolvable dependencies or
+   "nothing" if the request is not satisfiable, i.e. one or more required
+   dependencies are unresolvable.
+
 
 +++++++++++++++++++++++
  Dependency Rule Pools
@@ -1938,65 +2046,158 @@ This pool contains rules for all known R packages and is able to resolve
 R package dependencies.
 By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency Resolver Modules
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
+The dependency resolver can be extended by modules. Two base types are
+available, *channels* and *listeners*.
 
+Listener modules
+   Listener modules are used to react on certain dependency resolution
+   *events*, e.g. if a *dependency environment* has been found unresolvable <<lang!!>>.
+   They usually have access to the *event* and the *dependency environment*.
+   However, they cannot begin communication with the *dependency resolver*.
 
-<<
-Dependency resolution is split into several components.
-Each package *p* has zero or more dependencies,......
+   In the current *roverlay* implementation, a listener module is used to
+   report all unresolvable dependencies to a separate file.
 
+Channel modules
+   Channel modules interact with the resolver, e.g. queue dependencies for
+   resolution, wait for results, and send them to the other end.
 
-Dependency Rules
-   x
+   The previously described `EbuildJob Channel`_ is such a channel.
 
++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Dependency Resolver
++++++++++++++++++++++
 
-Dependency Resolver
-   This is the
+The dependency resolver puts all parts of dependency resolution together,
+*rule pools*, *listeners* and *channels*. It's main task is a loop that
+processes all queued *dependency environments* and sends the result back to
+their origin (an *EbuildJob channel*).
 
->>
+Besides that, it also offers functionality to register new channels, add
+listeners, load rule pools from one or more files etc..
+A dependency resolver has to be explicitly closed in which case it will stop
+working and notify all listeners about that.
 
-<<
-EbuildJobChannel "work flow"
+Its mode of operation of operation is best described in pseudo-code:
+
+.. code-block:: text
+
+   while <dependencies queued for resolution>
+
+      depenv   <= get the next dependency environment
+      resolved <= False
+
+      # try to resolve depenv
+
+      if <depenv's type contains PACKAGE> and
+      <the dynamic selfdep rule pool resolves depenv>
 
-1. accept *dependency strings* and create *dependency environments* for them
-   until the ebuild creation signalizes that all dep strs have been added
-   (by calling *<channel>.satisfy_request()*)
+         resolved <= True
 
-2. tell the *dependency resolver* that this channel is waiting for results
+      else
+         if <a rule pool accepts depenv's type and resolves depenv>
+            resolved <= True
 
-3. wait for a (partial) result from the resolver
+         else if <depenv's type contains TRY_OTHER>
 
-   * **stop waiting** if a *required* dependency could not be resolved.
-     The channel returns "unresolvable" to the ebuild creation and
-     closes afterwards.
+            if <a rule pool supports TRY_OTHER and doesn't accept depenv's type
+            and resolves depenv>
 
-   * add unresolvable, but optional deps to the list of unresolvable deps
-   * add resolved deps to the list of resolved deps
+               resolved <= True
+         end if
+      end if
 
-4. repeat 3. until all dependencies have been processed (or one req dep could
-   not be resolved)
 
-5. return the resolved and unresolvable deps to the ebuild creation
+      # send the result to depenv's channel
+
+      if resolved
+         mark depenv as resolved, add the resolving dependency to it
+
+      else
+         mark depenv as unresolvable
+
+      end if
+
+      send depenv to its channel
+
+   end while
+
+The dependency resolver can be **run as thread**, in which case the while loop
+becomes "loop until resolver closes".
+
+
+-----------------------
+ Repository Management
+-----------------------
+
+<<
+
++-----------------+-------------------------------------+
+| repository type | underlying implementation           |
++=================+=====================================+
+| rsync           | **external** (filtered environment) |
++-----------------+-------------------------------------+
+| websync_*       | **internal** (using *urllib*)       |
++-----------------+-------------------------------------+
+| local           | **none** (nothing to sync)          |
++-----------------+-------------------------------------+
 
 >>
 
+------------------
+ Overlay Creation
+------------------
 
 <<
-Dependency Resolver "work flow"
+   dimension: per-package (Ebuild Creation) -> _all_ packages ($this)
 
-threaded executation
+   also implements the overlay module, that provides ebuild writing,
+   metadata/Manifest creation/writing, incremental overlay creation,...
 
-.. code-block:: text
+>>
+
+<<
+   overlay module
+
+   .. caution::
 
-   LOOP UNTIL RESOLVER CLOSED:
+      Never deep-copy an overlay object. It leads to infinite recursion
+      due to double-linkage beetween PackageInfo and PackageDir.
 
-      wait for a dependency environment d_e
+>>
 
-      search in all rule pools
-         if rule pool matches d_e
-            d_e is resolved - tell d_e the resolving dependency and send
-            d_e back to its channel
++++++++++++++++++++
+ Metadata Creation
++++++++++++++++++++
 
-      d_e is unresolvable - send it back to its channel
+<<
+TODO = Fr;
+metadata creation uses the latest package that has
+an ebuild and uses its description data (Title and Description) to create
+a metadata tree structure that is string-exportable
+>>
+
+Metadata Tree Structure
+-----------------------
 
+<<TODO = Fr;>>
+
++++++++++++++++++++
+ Manifest Creation
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+<< TODO = Fr;
+not much to say here, "ebuild *<ebuild file>* digest" is called in a safe
+environment (with FETCHCOMMAND/RESUMECOMMAND set to no-op) and creates
+the Manifest file
 >>
+
+++++++++++++++++
+ Ebuild Writing
+++++++++++++++++
+
+<<TODO = Fr;>>


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-17 17:26 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-17 17:26 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     23d49744b5d100f5e7add1f24fe666c6a81754c6
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug 17 17:26:27 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug 17 17:26:27 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=23d49744

doc: implementation overview

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |  243 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------
 1 files changed, 181 insertions(+), 62 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 3550522..2963d3a 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1809,16 +1809,12 @@ Example Session:
 << there's also in-code documentation for which html files can be generated
 using pydoc >>
 
----------------------------
- << ~ package job steps >>
----------------------------
-
-+++++++++++++
+-------------
  PackageInfo
-+++++++++++++
+-------------
 
 *PackageInfo* is the data object that contains all information about an
-R package and is created by the owing repository.
+R package and is created by the owning repository.
 
 After initialization it contains data like
 
@@ -1831,7 +1827,7 @@ Not all of these data are really existent, some are calculated. *SRC_URI*,
 for example, can often be calculated by combining the origin's "root" src uri
 with the package file.
 
-Initializion may fail if the package's name cannot be understood, which is
+Initialization may fail if the package's name cannot be understood, which is
 most likely due to unsupported versioning schemes.
 
 It is then checked whether the newly created *PackageInfo p* can be part of
@@ -1839,20 +1835,38 @@ the overlay. The overlay may refuse to accept *p* if there's already an ebuild
 for it. Otherwise, *p* is now part of the overlay and has to pass
 *ebuild creation*.
 
-+++++++++++++++++
+-----------------
  Ebuild Creation
-+++++++++++++++++
+-----------------
+
+Ebuild creation is the process centered around one *PackageInfo* instance *p*
+that tries to create an ebuild for it.
+
+#. Read the DESCRIPTION file of *p* R package tarball and stores the
+   data in an associative array ('DESCRIPTION field' -> 'data')
+
+#. Call `dependency resolution`_
 
-<<
-reads package tarball;uses depres;uses Ebuilder
+#. If dependency resolution was successful, dependency ebuild variables are
+   created (*DEPEND*, *RDEPEND* and *R_SUGGESTS*, also *IUSE*, *MISSINGDEPS*).
+   Otherwise **ebuild creation stops** and *p* is marked as
+   *ebuild uncreatable*. The overlay creation may decide to remove *p* in
+   order to save memory etc.
 
-adds data to a PackageInfo instance
+#. The *DESCRIPTION* and *SRC_URI* variables are created
 
-* DESCRIPTION data parsed from the package tarball
-* ebuild by using (a) direct desc data access for description, (b) depres
-  and (c) already available information (SRC_URI)
+#. **done** - Generate the ebuild as text, add it to *p* and mark *p*
+   as *ebuild successfully created*
 
->>
+
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Ebuild Variables
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+Each ebuild variable is an object whose class is derived from the *EbuildVar*
+class. An *EbuildVar* defines its position in the ebuild and  how its text
+output should look like. Ebuild text is created by adding ebuild variables
+to an *Ebuilder* that automatically sorts them and creates the ebuild.
 
 -----------------------
  Dependency Resolution
@@ -2134,70 +2148,175 @@ becomes "loop until resolver closes".
  Repository Management
 -----------------------
 
-<<
+Repositories are managed in a list-like object, *RepoList*. Its task is to
+provide R package input for overlay creation and implements the following
+functionality:
+
+* load repository config from file(s)
+* directly add a directory as *local repository*
+* *sync* all repos and *nosync* all repos (offline mode)
+* create *PackageInfo* instances for R packages from all repositories
+
+++++++++++++++
+ Repositories
+++++++++++++++
 
-+-----------------+-------------------------------------+
-| repository type | underlying implementation           |
-+=================+=====================================+
-| rsync           | **external** (filtered environment) |
-+-----------------+-------------------------------------+
-| websync_*       | **internal** (using *urllib*)       |
-+-----------------+-------------------------------------+
-| local           | **none** (nothing to sync)          |
-+-----------------+-------------------------------------+
+The functionality described above is an abstraction layer that calls the
+respective function for each repository and collects the result.
+So, while the *RepoList* object knows *what* to do for all repositories,
+a repository object *repo* extends this by:
 
->>
+* data
 
-------------------
- Overlay Creation
-------------------
+   * repository *type*
+
+   * filesystem directory *distdir* where *repo*'s R packages are stored
 
-<<
-   dimension: per-package (Ebuild Creation) -> _all_ packages ($this)
+   * the *root src_uri*, which is used to determine the *SRC_URI* ebuild
+     variable for all packages from *repo*:
 
-   also implements the overlay module, that provides ebuild writing,
-   metadata/Manifest creation/writing, incremental overlay creation,...
+     *SRC_URI* = *root src_uri* + '/' + <path of R package relative to *distdir*>
 
->>
+   * other data like the sync status, repository name
 
-<<
-   overlay module
+* functionality
 
-   .. caution::
+   * sync/nosync
+   * create *PackageInfo* instances for all packages from *repo*
+   * status indicators, e.g. if sync was successful
 
-      Never deep-copy an overlay object. It leads to infinite recursion
-      due to double-linkage beetween PackageInfo and PackageDir.
+The actual functionality depends on the *repository type*, i.e. the
+implementing class. The most basic implementation that provides all common
+data, status indicator functions and *PackageInfo* creation is called
+*BasicRepo*. It also implements a rather abstract sync function that calls
+subclass-specifc *_sync()*/*_nosync()* functions if available.
+*BasicRepo*s are used to realize *local repositories*. The other available
+repository types, *rsync*, *websync_repo* and *websync_pkglist* derive from
+*BasicRepo*.
 
->>
+
+Adding new repository types
+---------------------------
+
+This is best done by creating a new repo class that inherits *BasicRepo*.
+The table below shows *BasicRepo*'s subclass awareness (concerning sync)
+and what may be changed if required. Most repository types want to define
+their own sync functionality and can do so by implementing *_dosync()*:
+
+.. table:: deriving repository types from BasicRepo
+
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | function/method   | description                                            |
+   +===================+========================================================+
+   | _dosync()         | sync packages using a remote, has to return True/False |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | _nosync()         | sync packages in offline mode (returns True/False)     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | sync (*online?*)  | implemented by *BasicRepo*, calls _dosync()/_nosync()  |
+   |                   | if available, else checks whether *distdir* exists     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | scan_distdir(...) | *BasicRepo*: creates *PackageInfo* instances for all   |
+   |                   | R packages in *distdir*. Derived classes can override  |
+   |                   | this e.g. if they want to expose only synced packages  |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | ready()           | tells whether _dosync()/_nosync() was successful,      |
+   |                   | used by *RepoList* to decide whether to call           |
+   |                   | scan_distdir() or not. Properly implemented by         |
+   |                   | *BasicRepo* when using its sync() method, else needs   |
+   |                   | to be overridden.                                      |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | __init__()        | has to be implemented if the new class has additional  |
+   |                   | data. Refer to in-code documentation and examples.     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+The *RsyncRepo*, for example, extends *BasicRepo* by rsync-specific data, e.g.
+the uri used for rsync, and has its own *__init__()* method. It also
+implements *_dosync()*, which calls the *rsync* executable in a filtered
+environment that contains only variables like USER, PATH and RSYNC_PROXY.
+The other available repository types have an internal-only implementation:
+
+.. table::
+
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | repository type | repository class   | _dosync() implementation         |
+   +=================+====================+==================================+
+   | local           | BasicRepo          | *not applicable*                 |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | rsync           | RsyncRepo          | **external**, using *rsync* in   |
+   |                 |                    | a filtered environment           |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | websync_repo    | WebsyncRepo        | internal, using *urllib*         |
+   | websync_pkglist | WebsyncPackageList |                                  |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+
+Repository types also need an entry in the repository config loader in order
+to be accessible.
+
+---------
+ Overlay
+---------
+
+*overlay* is roverlay's central data structure that represents a *portage
+overlay*. It's organized in a tree structure (overlay root, categories,
+package directories) and implements all overlay-related functionality:
+
+* Scan the *portage overlay* for existing ebuilds
+
+* Add *PackageInfo* objects to the overlay. Packages can be declined if
+  they already exist as ebuild (incremental overlay).
+  Adding multiple packages at once is **thread-safe**.
+
+* List all known packages (filesystem and runtime/memory)
+
+* Write the overlay to its filesystem location
+
+   * initialize the overlay (write the *profiles/* directory,
+     import eclass files)
+   * Write ebuilds; all *PackageInfo* instances with an ebuild will be written
+   * Generate and write metadata
+   * Write Manifest files
+
+* Features like `OVERLAY_KEEP_NTH_LATEST`_ make use of ebuild deletion,
+  but unconditional ebuild deletion is only available on the package directory
+  level
 
 +++++++++++++++++++
  Metadata Creation
 +++++++++++++++++++
 
-<<
-TODO = Fr;
-metadata creation uses the latest package that has
-an ebuild and uses its description data (Title and Description) to create
-a metadata tree structure that is string-exportable
->>
-
-Metadata Tree Structure
------------------------
-
-<<TODO = Fr;>>
+*metadata.xml* files are created with a tree structure that contains *metadata
+nodes*, e.g. '<pkgmetadata>...</pkgmetadata>' and '<use>...</use>' are *nodes*.
+The current implementation writes the R package's full description
+('Title' and 'Description') into the metadata file.
+Metadata creation uses the latest package, i.e. highest version,
+for which an ebuild has been created.
 
 +++++++++++++++++++
  Manifest Creation
 +++++++++++++++++++
 
-<< TODO = Fr;
-not much to say here, "ebuild *<ebuild file>* digest" is called in a safe
-environment (with FETCHCOMMAND/RESUMECOMMAND set to no-op) and creates
-the Manifest file
->>
+Manifest files are created by calling the *ebuild* executable for each
+package directory in a filtered environment where FETCHCOMMAND and
+RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation. The directories that contain the R
+package files are passed in the PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIRS variable and DISTDIR
+is set to `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/__tmp__.
+
+------------------
+ Overlay Creation
+------------------
+
+Overlay creation is the process of creating an overlay for many R packages
+and *roverlay*'s main task. More specifically, *OverlayCreation* is an
+*R packages -> Overlay (-> overlay in filesystem)* interface.
+It accepts *PackageInfo* objects as input, tries to reserve a slot in the
+overlay for them, and, if successful, adds them to the work queue.
+
+The work queue is processed by *OverlayWorkers* that run ebuild creation
+for a *PackageInfo* object and inform the *OverlayCreation* about the result
+afterwards. Overlay creation doesn't stop if an ebuild cannot be created,
+instead the event is logged. Running more than one *OverlayWorker* in parallel
+is possible.
+
 
-++++++++++++++++
- Ebuild Writing
-++++++++++++++++
 
-<<TODO = Fr;>>


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2012-08-20 11:16 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2012-08-20 11:16 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     07234a05091a688bea219ccab3a7f5ea96b09fa3
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Aug 20 11:13:58 2012 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Aug 20 11:13:58 2012 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=07234a05

doc: implementation overview

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |  385 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------
 1 files changed, 195 insertions(+), 190 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 2963d3a..87e4ed6 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1535,8 +1535,8 @@ how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
 See the next section, `default field definition file`_,  for an example.
 
 Each information field has its own section which declares a set of options
-and flags. Flags are case-insensivitve options
-without a value - they're enabled by listing them.
+and flags. Flags are case-insensitive options without a value - they're
+enabled by listing them.
 
 .. _field option:
 .. _field options:
@@ -1573,7 +1573,8 @@ Known field options:
    .. _field option\: alias_nocase:
 
    alias_nocase
-      Same as `field option: alias`_, but aliases are case-insensitive.
+      Same as `field option: alias`_, but the listed aliases are
+      case-insensitive.
 
    .. _field option\: flags:
 
@@ -1806,8 +1807,10 @@ Example Session:
  Implementation Overview
 =========================
 
-<< there's also in-code documentation for which html files can be generated
-using pydoc >>
+This chapter gives an in-depth overview of how roverlay works.
+Code documentation is also available and html pages for it can be created
+with ``make pydoc`` in the *R Overlay src directory* or by using pydoc
+directly.
 
 -------------
  PackageInfo
@@ -1823,7 +1826,7 @@ After initialization it contains data like
 * the SRC_URI
 * the package name, version
 
-Not all of these data are really existent, some are calculated. *SRC_URI*,
+Not all of these are really existent, some are calculated. *SRC_URI*,
 for example, can often be calculated by combining the origin's "root" src uri
 with the package file.
 
@@ -1835,6 +1838,168 @@ the overlay. The overlay may refuse to accept *p* if there's already an ebuild
 for it. Otherwise, *p* is now part of the overlay and has to pass
 *ebuild creation*.
 
+
+-----------------------
+ Repository Management
+-----------------------
+
+Repositories are managed in a list-like object, *RepoList*. Its task is to
+provide R package input for overlay creation and implements the following
+functionality:
+
+* load repository config from file(s)
+* directly add a directory as *local repository*
+* *sync* all repos and *nosync* all repos (offline mode)
+* create *PackageInfo* instances for R packages from all repositories
+
+++++++++++++++
+ Repositories
+++++++++++++++
+
+The functionality described above is an abstraction layer that calls the
+respective function for each repository and collects the result.
+So, while the *RepoList* object knows *what* to do for all repositories,
+a repository object *repo* extends this by:
+
+* data
+
+   * repository *type*
+
+   * filesystem directory *distdir* where *repo*'s R packages are stored
+
+   * the *root src_uri*, which is used to determine the *SRC_URI* ebuild
+     variable for all packages from *repo*:
+
+     *SRC_URI* = *root src_uri* + '/' + <path of R package relative to *distdir*>
+
+   * other data like the sync status, repository name
+
+* functionality
+
+   * sync/nosync
+   * create *PackageInfo* instances for all packages from *repo*
+   * status indicators, e.g. if sync was successful
+
+The actual functionality depends on the *repository type*, i.e. the
+implementing class. The most basic implementation that provides all common
+data, status indicator functions and *PackageInfo* creation is called
+*BasicRepo*. It also implements a rather abstract sync function that calls
+subclass-specifc *_sync()*/*_nosync()* functions if available.
+*BasicRepo*s are used to realize *local repositories*. The other available
+repository types, *rsync*, *websync_repo* and *websync_pkglist* derive from
+*BasicRepo*.
+
+
+Adding new repository types
+---------------------------
+
+Adding new repository types is best done by creating a new repo class
+that inherits *BasicRepo*. The table below shows *BasicRepo*'s subclass
+awareness (concerning sync) and what may be changed if required.
+Most repository types want to define their own sync functionality and
+can do so by implementing *_dosync()*:
+
+.. table:: deriving repository types from BasicRepo
+
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | function/method   | description                                            |
+   +===================+========================================================+
+   | _dosync()         | sync packages using a remote, has to return True/False |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | _nosync()         | sync packages in offline mode (returns True/False)     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | sync (*online?*)  | implemented by *BasicRepo*, calls _dosync()/_nosync()  |
+   |                   | if available, else checks whether *distdir* exists     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | scan_distdir(...) | *BasicRepo*: creates *PackageInfo* instances for all   |
+   |                   | R packages in *distdir*. Derived classes can override  |
+   |                   | this e.g. if they want to expose only synced packages  |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | ready()           | tells whether _dosync()/_nosync() was successful,      |
+   |                   | used by *RepoList* to decide whether to call           |
+   |                   | scan_distdir() or not. Properly implemented by         |
+   |                   | *BasicRepo* when using its sync() method, else needs   |
+   |                   | to be overridden.                                      |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+   | __init__()        | has to be implemented if the new class has additional  |
+   |                   | data. Refer to in-code documentation and examples.     |
+   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+The *RsyncRepo*, for example, extends *BasicRepo* by rsync-specific data, e.g.
+the uri used for rsync, and has its own *__init__()* method. It also
+implements *_dosync()*, which calls the *rsync* executable in a filtered
+environment that contains only variables like USER, PATH and RSYNC_PROXY.
+The other available repository types have an internal-only implementation:
+
+.. table::
+
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | repository type | repository class   | _dosync() implementation         |
+   +=================+====================+==================================+
+   | local           | BasicRepo          | *not applicable*                 |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | rsync           | RsyncRepo          | **external**, using *rsync* in   |
+   |                 |                    | a filtered environment           |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+   | websync_repo    | WebsyncRepo        | internal, using *urllib*         |
+   | websync_pkglist | WebsyncPackageList |                                  |
+   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
+
+Repository types also need an entry in the repository config loader in order
+to be accessible.
+
+---------
+ Overlay
+---------
+
+The *overlay* is roverlay's central data structure that represents a *portage
+overlay*. It's organized in a tree structure (overlay root, categories,
+package directories) and implements all overlay-related functionality:
+
+* Scan the *portage overlay* for existing ebuilds
+
+* Add *PackageInfo* objects to the overlay. Packages can be declined if
+  they already exist as ebuild (incremental overlay).
+  Adding multiple packages at once is **thread-safe**, but overlay writing
+  is not.
+
+* List all known packages (filesystem and runtime/memory)
+
+* Write the overlay to its filesystem location
+
+   * initialize the overlay (write the *profiles/* directory,
+     import eclass files)
+   * Write ebuilds; all *PackageInfo* instances with an ebuild will be written
+   * Generate and write metadata
+   * Write Manifest files
+
+* Features like `OVERLAY_KEEP_NTH_LATEST`_ make use of ebuild deletion,
+  but unconditional ebuild deletion is only available on the package directory
+  level
+
++++++++++++++++++++
+ Metadata Creation
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+*metadata.xml* files are created with a tree structure that contains *metadata
+nodes*, e.g. '<pkgmetadata>...</pkgmetadata>' and '<use>...</use>' are *nodes*.
+The current implementation writes the R package's full description
+('Title' and 'Description') into the metadata file.
+Metadata creation uses the latest package, i.e. highest version,
+for which an ebuild has been created.
+
++++++++++++++++++++
+ Manifest Creation
++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Manifest files are created by calling the *ebuild* executable for each
+package directory in a filtered environment where FETCHCOMMAND and
+RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation. The directories that contain the R
+package files are passed in the PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIRS variable and DISTDIR
+is set to `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/__tmp__.
+
+
 -----------------
  Ebuild Creation
 -----------------
@@ -1842,6 +2007,8 @@ for it. Otherwise, *p* is now part of the overlay and has to pass
 Ebuild creation is the process centered around one *PackageInfo* instance *p*
 that tries to create an ebuild for it.
 
+It does the following steps:
+
 #. Read the DESCRIPTION file of *p* R package tarball and stores the
    data in an associative array ('DESCRIPTION field' -> 'data')
 
@@ -1868,6 +2035,22 @@ class. An *EbuildVar* defines its position in the ebuild and  how its text
 output should look like. Ebuild text is created by adding ebuild variables
 to an *Ebuilder* that automatically sorts them and creates the ebuild.
 
+------------------
+ Overlay Creation
+------------------
+
+Overlay creation is the process of creating an overlay for many R packages
+and *roverlay*'s main task. More specifically, *OverlayCreation* is an
+*R packages -> Overlay (-> overlay in filesystem)* interface.
+It accepts *PackageInfo* objects as input, tries to reserve a slot in the
+overlay for them, and, if successful, adds them to the work queue.
+
+The work queue is processed by *OverlayWorkers* that run ebuild creation
+for a *PackageInfo* object and inform the *OverlayCreation* about the result
+afterwards. Overlay creation doesn't stop if an ebuild cannot be created,
+instead the event is logged. Running more than one *OverlayWorker* in parallel
+is possible.
+
 -----------------------
  Dependency Resolution
 -----------------------
@@ -1897,7 +2080,7 @@ From the ebuild creation perspective, dependency resolution works like this:
 
 
 Details about dependency resolution like how *channels* work can be found
-in the following sections.
+in the following subsections.
 
 ++++++++++++++++++
  Dependency types
@@ -1923,10 +2106,10 @@ System Dependency
 
 Try other dependency types
    This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
-   dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve
-   package dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa.
-   Throughout this guide, such property is indicated by *<preferred dependency
-   type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
+   dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve package
+   dependencies as system dependencies and vice versa. Throughout this
+   document, such property is indicated by *TRY_OTHER* and
+   *<preferred dependency type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
 
 *Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
 
@@ -2069,7 +2252,7 @@ available, *channels* and *listeners*.
 
 Listener modules
    Listener modules are used to react on certain dependency resolution
-   *events*, e.g. if a *dependency environment* has been found unresolvable <<lang!!>>.
+   *events*, e.g. if a *dependency environment* is unresolvable.
    They usually have access to the *event* and the *dependency environment*.
    However, they cannot begin communication with the *dependency resolver*.
 
@@ -2142,181 +2325,3 @@ Its mode of operation of operation is best described in pseudo-code:
 
 The dependency resolver can be **run as thread**, in which case the while loop
 becomes "loop until resolver closes".
-
-
------------------------
- Repository Management
------------------------
-
-Repositories are managed in a list-like object, *RepoList*. Its task is to
-provide R package input for overlay creation and implements the following
-functionality:
-
-* load repository config from file(s)
-* directly add a directory as *local repository*
-* *sync* all repos and *nosync* all repos (offline mode)
-* create *PackageInfo* instances for R packages from all repositories
-
-++++++++++++++
- Repositories
-++++++++++++++
-
-The functionality described above is an abstraction layer that calls the
-respective function for each repository and collects the result.
-So, while the *RepoList* object knows *what* to do for all repositories,
-a repository object *repo* extends this by:
-
-* data
-
-   * repository *type*
-
-   * filesystem directory *distdir* where *repo*'s R packages are stored
-
-   * the *root src_uri*, which is used to determine the *SRC_URI* ebuild
-     variable for all packages from *repo*:
-
-     *SRC_URI* = *root src_uri* + '/' + <path of R package relative to *distdir*>
-
-   * other data like the sync status, repository name
-
-* functionality
-
-   * sync/nosync
-   * create *PackageInfo* instances for all packages from *repo*
-   * status indicators, e.g. if sync was successful
-
-The actual functionality depends on the *repository type*, i.e. the
-implementing class. The most basic implementation that provides all common
-data, status indicator functions and *PackageInfo* creation is called
-*BasicRepo*. It also implements a rather abstract sync function that calls
-subclass-specifc *_sync()*/*_nosync()* functions if available.
-*BasicRepo*s are used to realize *local repositories*. The other available
-repository types, *rsync*, *websync_repo* and *websync_pkglist* derive from
-*BasicRepo*.
-
-
-Adding new repository types
----------------------------
-
-This is best done by creating a new repo class that inherits *BasicRepo*.
-The table below shows *BasicRepo*'s subclass awareness (concerning sync)
-and what may be changed if required. Most repository types want to define
-their own sync functionality and can do so by implementing *_dosync()*:
-
-.. table:: deriving repository types from BasicRepo
-
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | function/method   | description                                            |
-   +===================+========================================================+
-   | _dosync()         | sync packages using a remote, has to return True/False |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | _nosync()         | sync packages in offline mode (returns True/False)     |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | sync (*online?*)  | implemented by *BasicRepo*, calls _dosync()/_nosync()  |
-   |                   | if available, else checks whether *distdir* exists     |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | scan_distdir(...) | *BasicRepo*: creates *PackageInfo* instances for all   |
-   |                   | R packages in *distdir*. Derived classes can override  |
-   |                   | this e.g. if they want to expose only synced packages  |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | ready()           | tells whether _dosync()/_nosync() was successful,      |
-   |                   | used by *RepoList* to decide whether to call           |
-   |                   | scan_distdir() or not. Properly implemented by         |
-   |                   | *BasicRepo* when using its sync() method, else needs   |
-   |                   | to be overridden.                                      |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-   | __init__()        | has to be implemented if the new class has additional  |
-   |                   | data. Refer to in-code documentation and examples.     |
-   +-------------------+--------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-The *RsyncRepo*, for example, extends *BasicRepo* by rsync-specific data, e.g.
-the uri used for rsync, and has its own *__init__()* method. It also
-implements *_dosync()*, which calls the *rsync* executable in a filtered
-environment that contains only variables like USER, PATH and RSYNC_PROXY.
-The other available repository types have an internal-only implementation:
-
-.. table::
-
-   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
-   | repository type | repository class   | _dosync() implementation         |
-   +=================+====================+==================================+
-   | local           | BasicRepo          | *not applicable*                 |
-   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
-   | rsync           | RsyncRepo          | **external**, using *rsync* in   |
-   |                 |                    | a filtered environment           |
-   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
-   | websync_repo    | WebsyncRepo        | internal, using *urllib*         |
-   | websync_pkglist | WebsyncPackageList |                                  |
-   +-----------------+--------------------+----------------------------------+
-
-Repository types also need an entry in the repository config loader in order
-to be accessible.
-
----------
- Overlay
----------
-
-*overlay* is roverlay's central data structure that represents a *portage
-overlay*. It's organized in a tree structure (overlay root, categories,
-package directories) and implements all overlay-related functionality:
-
-* Scan the *portage overlay* for existing ebuilds
-
-* Add *PackageInfo* objects to the overlay. Packages can be declined if
-  they already exist as ebuild (incremental overlay).
-  Adding multiple packages at once is **thread-safe**.
-
-* List all known packages (filesystem and runtime/memory)
-
-* Write the overlay to its filesystem location
-
-   * initialize the overlay (write the *profiles/* directory,
-     import eclass files)
-   * Write ebuilds; all *PackageInfo* instances with an ebuild will be written
-   * Generate and write metadata
-   * Write Manifest files
-
-* Features like `OVERLAY_KEEP_NTH_LATEST`_ make use of ebuild deletion,
-  but unconditional ebuild deletion is only available on the package directory
-  level
-
-+++++++++++++++++++
- Metadata Creation
-+++++++++++++++++++
-
-*metadata.xml* files are created with a tree structure that contains *metadata
-nodes*, e.g. '<pkgmetadata>...</pkgmetadata>' and '<use>...</use>' are *nodes*.
-The current implementation writes the R package's full description
-('Title' and 'Description') into the metadata file.
-Metadata creation uses the latest package, i.e. highest version,
-for which an ebuild has been created.
-
-+++++++++++++++++++
- Manifest Creation
-+++++++++++++++++++
-
-Manifest files are created by calling the *ebuild* executable for each
-package directory in a filtered environment where FETCHCOMMAND and
-RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation. The directories that contain the R
-package files are passed in the PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIRS variable and DISTDIR
-is set to `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/__tmp__.
-
-------------------
- Overlay Creation
-------------------
-
-Overlay creation is the process of creating an overlay for many R packages
-and *roverlay*'s main task. More specifically, *OverlayCreation* is an
-*R packages -> Overlay (-> overlay in filesystem)* interface.
-It accepts *PackageInfo* objects as input, tries to reserve a slot in the
-overlay for them, and, if successful, adds them to the work queue.
-
-The work queue is processed by *OverlayWorkers* that run ebuild creation
-for a *PackageInfo* object and inform the *OverlayCreation* about the result
-afterwards. Overlay creation doesn't stop if an ebuild cannot be created,
-instead the event is logged. Running more than one *OverlayWorker* in parallel
-is possible.
-
-
-


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-01-09 19:15 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-01-09 19:15 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     033e97680c88f8094d3c6e74a875ee0ddf8523f2
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jan  9 18:51:52 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jan  9 18:51:52 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=033e9768

doc/rst: update user config file location

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |    4 ++--
 1 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 39cdac8..31c81f0 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@ as the *R Overlay src directory* from now on.
 ------------------------------
 
 *roverlay* needs a configuration file to run.
-If roverlay has been installed with *emerge*, it will for the config file in
+If roverlay has been installed with *emerge*, it will look for the config file in
 that order:
 
 1. *<current directory>/R-overlay.conf*
-#. *~/.R-overlay.conf*
+#. *~/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*
 #. */etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*,
    which is part of the installation but has to be modified.
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-01-28 23:54 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-01-28 23:54 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     8c08fcc1d159d64c89f12415eab6dd487e5cd3b2
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Jan 28 23:27:31 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Jan 28 23:37:04 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=8c08fcc1

doc/rst: Configuration Reference

added SYMLINK_DISTROOT, SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP options

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |   31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 31 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 46e5e00..45457f3 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1332,6 +1332,37 @@ OVERLAY_NAME
 
    Defaults to *R_Overlay*.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT:
+
+OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT
+   Root directory where per-package (name) symlink directories will be
+   created during Manifest file creation.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which is only valid if OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP_
+   is set to true, in which case a directory in the user's $TMPDIR will be
+   used.
+
+.. _OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP:
+
+OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP
+   A *bool* that sets whether the symlink distroot is a temporary (true)
+   or persistent (false) directory.
+
+   A temporary directory will be wiped at exit
+   whereas a persistent one will only be cleaned up
+   (remove broken symlinks, ...).
+
+
+.. _SYMLINK_DISTROOT:
+
+SYMLINK_DISTROOT
+   Alias to OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT_.
+
+.. _SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP:
+
+SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP
+   Alias to OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP_.
+
 --------------------
  other config files
 --------------------


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-03-05 11:27 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-03-05 11:27 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     1b419a02a273495ee1480c2920103c58a7515bb6
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Mar  5 11:21:03 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Mar  5 11:21:03 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=1b419a02

doc/rst: Package Rule Files, Configuration

This commit adds a new chapter, Package Rules, which explains how to write
rules that control overlay/ebuild creation.

Additionally, the configuration reference has been updated to reflect the
changes recently made, namely the DISTDIR config options.

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |  553 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------
 1 files changed, 496 insertions(+), 57 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 45457f3..bd541f8 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
 
 * for Manifest creation:
 
-  * *ebuild* from portage
+  * portage (*ebuild* and/or the *portage libs* directly)
   * *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
     package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
 
    disk
       * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages
-      * a filesystem that supports symbolic links
+      * a filesystem that supports symbolic or hard links
       * there will be many small-sized files (ebuilds),
         so a filesystem with lots of inodes and a small block size
         may be advantageous
@@ -109,7 +109,9 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
       using a slower one.
 
    time
-      Expect 3-6h execution time, depending on computing and I/O speed.
+      Expect 3-6h execution time for the first run, depending on computing
+      and I/O speed. *roverlay* is able to work in incremental mode,
+      thus making subsequent runs need a lot less time.
 
 ---------------------
  via emerge (Gentoo)
@@ -180,7 +182,7 @@ as the *R Overlay src directory* from now on.
       #!/bin/sh
       # /usr/local/bin/roverlay.sh
       # example wrapper script for roverlay
-      cd ${ROVERLAY_SRC:-~/roverlay/src} && ./roverlay.py $*
+      cd ${ROVERLAY_SRC:-~/roverlay/src} && ./roverlay.py "$@"
 
 
 ==================
@@ -222,13 +224,14 @@ The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
       This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
       via ``--distroot <directory>``.
 
-      .. Note::
+      Example: DISTFILES = ~/roverlay/distfiles
 
-         This directory will also contain a directory *__tmp__*
-         with symlinks to all packages which can be used as package mirror,
-         see `Providing a package mirror`_.
+   DISTDIR
+      This sets the directory that contains symbolic or hard links to
+      all package files for which an ebuild could be created. It is used
+      for Manifest file creation and can serve as package mirror directory.
 
-      Example: DISTFILES = ~/roverlay/distfiles
+      Example: DISTDIR = ~/roverlay/distdir
 
    LOG_FILE
       This sets the log file. An empty value disables file logging.
@@ -246,7 +249,7 @@ The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
 
          Be careful with low log levels, especially *DEBUG*.
          They produce a lot of messages that help to track ebuild creation of
-         the R packages, but increase the size of log files dramatically.
+         the R packages, but increase the log file size dramatically.
 
    LOG_LEVEL_CONSOLE
       This sets the console log level.
@@ -272,10 +275,17 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
    REPO_CONFIG
       A list with one or more files that list repositories.
       This option is **required** and can be overridden on the command line
-      via one or more ``repo-config <file>`` statements.
+      via one or more ``--repo-config <file>`` statements.
 
       Example: REPO_CONFIG = ~/roverlay/config/repo.list
 
+   PACKAGE_RULES:
+      A list of files and/or directories with package rules.
+      Package rules can be used to control overlay/ebuild creation.
+      This option is not required.
+
+      Example: PACKAGE_RULES = ~/roverlay/config/packagerules.d
+
    FIELD_DEFINITION
       The value of this option should point to a field definition file which
       controls how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
@@ -294,6 +304,28 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
       Example: OVERLAY_ECLASS = ~/roverlay/eclass/R-packages.eclass
 
+   DISTDIR_STRATEGY
+      A list of methods that define how to create the DISTDIR. The methods
+      will be tried in the specified order, until the first one succeeds.
+      The available methods are *symlink*, *hardlink*, *copy* and *tmpdir*.
+      This option is **required**.
+
+      Example: DISTDIR_STRATEGY = "hardlink symlink"
+
+      Try hard links first, then fall back to symbolic ones. This is the
+      default value for this option.
+
+   DISTDIR_FLAT
+      This option controls whether DISTDIR will contain per-package
+      subdirectories with links to the package files ("not flat") or all
+      links/files in a single directory ("flat"). This option is ignored
+      if DISTDIR_STRATEGY is *tmpdir*.
+      Leaving this option as-is (*enabled*) is recommended if you want to use
+      DISTDIR as package mirror.
+
+      Example: DISTDIR_FLAT = yes
+
+
 There is another option that is useful for creating new dependency rules,
 LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE_, which will write all unresolvable dependencies
 to the specified file (one dependency string per line).
@@ -314,6 +346,9 @@ Dependency Rules
    See `Dependency Rules`_, which explains the dependency rule syntax amd how
    they work.
 
+Package Rules
+   See `Package Rules`_, which explains how to control *ebuild creation*.
+
 Main Config
    See `Configuration Reference`_ for all main config options like log file
    rotation and assistance for writing new *dependency rules*.
@@ -402,10 +437,13 @@ For **testing** *roverlay*, these **options** may be convenient:
 	Repo config file to use. Can be specified more than once.
 	This disables all repo files configured in the main config file.
 
---distdir directory, --from directory
+--local-distdir directory, --from directory
 	Create an overlay using the packages found in *directory*. This disables
 	all other repositories. The *SRC_URI* ebuild variable will be invalid!
 
+--print-package-rules, --ppr
+   Print package rules to stdout after parsing them and exit.
+
 --overlay directory, -O directory
 	Create the overlay at the given position.
 
@@ -433,11 +471,16 @@ depres_console, depres
  Providing a package mirror
 ----------------------------
 
-No recommendations available at this time.
-The current ManifestCreation implementation creates a directory
-*<distfiles root>/__tmp__* with symlinks to all packages, which could be used
-for providing packages, but this may change in near future since external
-Manifest creation is too slow (takes >60% of overlay creation time).
+DISTDIR_ with a non-temporary strategy can be used to create a directory
+containing all package files (as symbolic/hard links or as files).
+You have to set up a *data service*, e.g. an http server, that makes this
+directory accessible.
+
+The default configuration will create hard links to all package files for
+which an ebuild could be created in a single directory. It will fall back
+to symbolic links if hard links are not supported. This should be fine in
+most cases, but fine-tuning can be done via OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_ and
+OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT_.
 
 ===============================
  Basic Implementation Overview
@@ -454,7 +497,7 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
 2. scan the R Overlay directory (if it exists) for valid ebuilds
 
-3. queue all R packages for ebuild creation
+3. **add** - queue all R packages for ebuild creation
 
    * all repositories are asked to list their packages which are then added
      to a queue
@@ -462,6 +505,10 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
    * packages may be declined by the overlay creator if they already have
      an ebuild
 
+   * packages may be declined or manipulated by package rules
+
+     See also: `Package Rules`_
+
 4. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
    (thread-able on a per package basis)
 
@@ -488,15 +535,16 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 5. write the overlay
 
    * write all ebuilds
-     (thread-able on a per package basis)
+     (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
    * write the *metadata.xml* files
-     (thread-able on a per package basis)
+     (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
      * this uses the latest created ebuild available for a package
 
    * write the *Manifest* files
-     (not thread-able)
+     (does not support threads by default / supports threads on a per package
+     basis when using *portage* directly)
 
      * this uses all ebuilds availabe for a package
 
@@ -1166,6 +1214,341 @@ Rule Stubs
 
          [<keychar>]<short dependency>
 
+===============
+ Package Rules
+===============
+
+Package Rules can be used to control both overlay and ebuild creation.
+Each package rule consists of conditions, e.g. *package name contains amd64*,
+and actions, e.g. *set KEYWORDS="-x86 amd64"*.
+The actions of a rule will only be applied if a package meets all conditions,
+otherwise the rule does nothing.
+Moreover, rules can contain further rules which will only take effect if all
+enclosing rules match a given package.
+
+--------------------------
+ Package Rule File Syntax
+--------------------------
+
+As stated above, each rule has two parts, a *match block* that lists the
+rule's conditions and an *action block* that defines which actions and
+nested rules are applied to a package if the rule matches it, i.e. if all
+conditions are met.
+
+A rule file contains zero or more package rules.
+Each rule has to declare one *match* and one *action statement* at least.
+The basic syntax for a rule with 1..m *match* and 1..n *action statements* is
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      <match statement 1>
+      <match statement 2>
+      ...
+      <match statement m>
+   ACTION:
+      <action statement 1>
+      <action statement 2>
+      ...
+      <action statement n>
+   END;
+
+
+A rule is introduced by the ``MATCH:`` keyword, which starts the
+*match block* and is followed by one or more *match statements*, one per line.
+The *match block* ends with the ``ACTION:`` keyword, which also starts the
+*action block* and is followed by one or more *action statements*
+(again, one per line). Finally, the rule is terminated by the ``END;`` keyword.
+
+Indention is purely optional, leading and ending whitespace will be discarded.
+Lines starting with ``#`` or ``;`` are considered to be comments and will be
+ignored.
+
+++++++++++++++
+ Match Blocks
+++++++++++++++
+
+The *match block* lists one or more conditions, which all must evaluate to
+*true* for a certain package, otherwise no actions will be applied.
+There are two types of conditions, *trivial* conditions,
+e.g. *always true/false* or *random - flip a coin*, and *non-trivial* ones
+that depend on the information a package has, e.g. its repository or name.
+
+Only *non-trivial* conditions can be defined in *match statements*.
+The consist of a **match keyword** that defines *what* should be matched, an
+**accepted value** to compare against and an **operator** that defines the
+relation *accepted value - package's information*, i.e. *how* to compare.
+The operator can be omitted, in which case it is determined by the
+*match keyword*.
+
+The *match statement* syntax is
+
+.. code::
+
+   <match keyword> [<operator>] <accepted value>
+
+
+These *match keywords* are recognized:
+
+.. table:: match statement keywords
+
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | match keyword | default operator | matches                              |
+   +===============+==================+======================================+
+   | repo          | nocase-string    | *alias to repo_name*                 |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | repo_name     | nocase-string    | name of the repo, e.g. *CRAN*        |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | package       | *implicit*       | package file name with version       |
+   |               |                  | but without the file extension, e.g. |
+   |               |                  | *rpart.plot_1.3-0*                   |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | package_name  | *implicit*       | package file name without version    |
+   |               |                  | and file extension, e.g. *seewave*   |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | name          | *implicit*       | *alias to package_name*              |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+
+Note the **implicit operator**. It will be used whenever no explicit operator
+has been specified in the match statement and the match keyword does not
+define a default one. Four explicit operators are available:
+
+.. table:: match statement operators
+
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+   | operator name | operator(s) | description                                |
+   +===============+=============+============================================+
+   | exact-string  | \=\= \=     | exact string match                         |
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+   | nocase-string | ,= =,       | case-insensitive string match              |
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+   | exact-regex   | ~= =~       | exact regex match *^<expression>$*         |
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+   | regex         | ~~ ~        | partial regex match                        |
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+   | *implicit*    | *none*      | *exact-regex* operator if *accepted value* |
+   |               |             | has any wildcard characters (?, \*), else  |
+   |               |             | *exact-string*. Wildcard chars will        |
+   |               |             | be replaced with their regex equivalents.  |
+   +---------------+-------------+--------------------------------------------+
+
+The *accepted value* is a simple string or a regular expression,
+which depends on the operator.
+
+
+Extended Match Block Syntax
+---------------------------
+
+Sometimes, a rule should apply its actions to a package if it matches *any*
+condition, e.g. *package from CRAN or BIOC*, or if it does not match a certain
+condition, e.g. *package not from BIOC/experiment*.
+
+This is supported by special *match keywords* that represent
+*boolean functions*. Such a *match statement* is introduced by the keyword,
+followed by one or more *match statements* that are indented by one asterisk
+``*`` or dash ``-`` character for each *boolean function* that is currently
+active. These characters are important and indicate the *match depth*.
+A depth of 0 means that no function is active.
+
+Syntax Example:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      <match statement 1, match depth 0>
+      ...
+      <boolean function>
+      * <match statement 1, match depth 1>
+      * <match statement 2, match depth 1>
+      * ...
+      * <match statement m, match depth 1>
+      ...
+      <match statement n, match depth 0>
+   ACTION:
+      ...
+   END;
+
+
+For reference, the following table lists the *boolean functions* available,
+their *match keywords* and their meaning:
+
+..  table:: boolean functions
+
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | boolean function | match       | description                            |
+   |                  | keyword(s)  |                                        |
+   +==================+=============+========================================+
+   | AND              | and all &&  | all listed conditions must match       |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | OR               | or \|\|     | any                                    |
+   |                  |             | of the listed conditions must match    |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | XOR1             | xor1 xor ^^ | exactly one                            |
+   |                  |             | of the listed conditions must match    |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | NOR              | nor none    | none                                   |
+   |                  |             | of the listed conditions must match    |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+
+
+In other words, a (boolean) match keyword starts a *nested match block*
+at any position in the current one and increases the *match depth* by one.
+The nested block is terminated by indenting out, i.e. decreasing the
+*match depth* by one. The (extended) match statement syntax then becomes:
+
+.. code::
+
+   <'*'^<match_depth>> <(basic) match statement>
+
+
+.. Note::
+
+   The extended match statement syntax does not support boolean functions
+   with a fixed number of conditions, e.g. 1. This is why there is no
+   *NOT* function. The definition for more than one condition would be
+   ambiguous, either *NOR* or *NAND*.
+
+   Correspondingly, the logic for the top-level match block is *AND* by
+   convention.
+
+
+Using this syntax, match blocks can be nested indefinitely (minus technical
+limitations):
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      <match statement 1, depth 0>
+      <boolean function 2, depth 0>
+      * <match statement 1, depth 1>
+      * <match statement 2, depth 1>
+      * ...
+      * <match statement k-1, depth 1>
+      * <boolean function k, depth 1>
+      ** <match statement 1, depth 2>
+      ** ...
+      ** <match statement o, depth 2>
+      * <match statement k+1, depth 1>
+      * ...
+      * <match statement m, depth 1>
+      ...
+      <match statement n, depth 0>
+   ACTION:
+      ...
+   END;
+
+
++++++++++++++++
+ Action Blocks
++++++++++++++++
+
+The action block syntax is quite simple. Each *action statement* starts
+with an *action keyword*, optionally followed by one or more *values*.
+
+Action statement syntax:
+
+.. code::
+
+   <action keyword> [<value>]*
+
+
+The value(s) can be enclosed by quotation characters (``"``, ``'``).
+
+The following table lists all *action keywords*, their impact (*what* they
+control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
+
+.. table:: action keywords
+
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | action keyword |  affects         | # of values | description            |
+   +================+==================+=============+========================+
+   | ignore         |                  |             | ignore package,        |
+   +----------------+ overlay creation | none        | do not try to create   |
+   | do-not-process |                  |             | an ebuild for it       |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | keywords       | ebuild variables | >= 1        | set per-package        |
+   |                |                  |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+
+
+Extended Action Block Syntax
+----------------------------
+
+A mentioned before, action blocks can contain *nested rules*. The syntax
+is exactly the same as for the normal package rules:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      # top-level rule, match block
+      ...
+   ACTION:
+      # top-level rule, action block
+      ...
+      MATCH:
+         # nested rule, match block
+         ...
+      ACTION:
+         # nested rule, action block
+         ...
+      END;
+      # top-level rule, action block continues
+      ...
+   END;
+
+Rules can be nested indefinitely, whitespace indention is optional.
+A *nested rule* only becomes active, i.e. tries to match a package, if its
+enclosing rule already matched it. This can be used to reduce the number of
+checks necessary for a given package.
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Package Rule Examples
++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+A rule that ignores the 'yaqcaffy' package from CRAN, which is also available
+from BIOC:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      repo         == CRAN
+      package_name == yaqcaffy
+   ACTION:
+      do-not-process
+   END;
+
+
+A more complex example that sets the ``KEYWORDS`` ebuild variable for
+all packages whose name contains *amd64* or *x86_64* to ``-x86 ~amd64``
+if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      or
+      * package_name ~ x86_64
+      * package_name ~ amd64
+   ACTION:
+      MATCH:
+         NOR
+         * repo == BIOC/experiment
+      ACTION:
+         keywords "-x86 amd64"
+      END;
+      MATCH:
+         repo == BIOC/experiment
+      ACTION:
+         keywords "-x86 ~amd64"
+      END;
+   END;
+
+
+.. Caution::
+
+   Applying the same action more than once per package is not supported.
+   That is why the example above uses another nested rule with a *NOR*-match
+   instead of simply specifying the desired action.
+   This limitation will be removed soon.
 
 =========================
  Configuration Reference
@@ -1262,6 +1645,21 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
  overlay options
 -----------------
 
+.. _DISTDIR:
+
+DISTDIR
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT_.
+
+.. _DISTDIR_FLAT:
+
+DISTDIR_FLAT
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT_.
+
+.. _DISTDIR_STRATEGY:
+
+DISTDIR_STRATEGY
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_.
+
 .. _ECLASS:
 
 ECLASS
@@ -1287,6 +1685,61 @@ OVERLAY_DIR
 
    This option is **required**.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT
+   A *bool* that controls the overall layout of _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT.
+
+   A flat distdir is a single directory with all package files or package
+   file links in it. A nested distdir contains per-package directories.
+
+   Defaults to *true*.
+   This option has no effect if the distdir strategy is *tmpdir*.
+
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT
+   Sets the DISTDIR root directory. It is used for Manifest file
+   creation, but can serve as package mirror directory as well.
+
+   The actual appearance of this directory is up to the distdir strategy
+   (OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_) and OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT_.
+   Basically, it contains all package files that have a valid ebuild.
+
+   .. Note::
+
+      This directory will not be cleaned up, only broken symbolic links
+      will be removed. On the one hand, it is absolutely guaranteed that
+      package files will not disappear unless replaced by a new file with
+      the same name, but on the other hand, the directory may get bloated
+      over time.
+
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY
+   The distdir strategy defines *how* package files are created.
+   It is a list of methods that will be tried in the specified order, until
+   the first one succeeds.
+
+   .. table:: distdir creation methods
+
+      +----------+-----------------------------------------------------------+
+      | method   | description                                               |
+      +==========+===========================================================+
+      | symlink  | use symbolic links                                        |
+      +----------+-----------------------------------------------------------+
+      | hardlink | use hard links                                            |
+      +----------+-----------------------------------------------------------+
+      | copy     | copy package files                                        |
+      |          | Obviously, this will need much more disk space.           |
+      +----------+-----------------------------------------------------------+
+      | tmpdir   | use a temporary DISTDIR that will be deleted at exit.     |
+      |          | This method is not compatible with any of the above.      |
+      +----------+-----------------------------------------------------------+
+
+   This option is **required**, but has a reasonable value in the default
+   config file, "hardlink symlink".
+
 .. _OVERLAY_ECLASS:
 
 OVERLAY_ECLASS
@@ -1311,9 +1764,11 @@ OVERLAY_KEEP_NTH_LATEST
 .. _OVERLAY_MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION:
 
 OVERLAY_MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION
-   Sets the implementation to use for Manifest file writing.
-   Available choices are 'external:ebuild', 'default' and 'none'.
-   Defaults to 'default'.
+   Sets the implementation that will be used for Manifest file writing.
+   Available choices are *ebuild*, *portage*, *default* and *none*.
+   Defaults to *default* (-> *ebuild*).
+   *portage* is highly experimental and therefore not recommended
+   for production usage.
 
    .. Note::
 
@@ -1332,37 +1787,6 @@ OVERLAY_NAME
 
    Defaults to *R_Overlay*.
 
-.. _OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT:
-
-OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT
-   Root directory where per-package (name) symlink directories will be
-   created during Manifest file creation.
-
-   Defaults to <not set>, which is only valid if OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP_
-   is set to true, in which case a directory in the user's $TMPDIR will be
-   used.
-
-.. _OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP:
-
-OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP
-   A *bool* that sets whether the symlink distroot is a temporary (true)
-   or persistent (false) directory.
-
-   A temporary directory will be wiped at exit
-   whereas a persistent one will only be cleaned up
-   (remove broken symlinks, ...).
-
-
-.. _SYMLINK_DISTROOT:
-
-SYMLINK_DISTROOT
-   Alias to OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_ROOT_.
-
-.. _SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP:
-
-SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP
-   Alias to OVERLAY_SYMLINK_DISTROOT_TMP_.
-
 --------------------
  other config files
 --------------------
@@ -1390,6 +1814,17 @@ FIELD_DEFINITION
 FIELD_DEFINITION_FILE
    Alias to FIELD_DEFINITION_.
 
+.. _PACKAGE_RULES:
+
+PACKAGE_RULES
+   Alias to PACKAGE_RULE_FILES_.
+
+.. _PACKAGE_RULE_FILES:
+
+PACKAGE_RULE_FILES
+   A list of files and directories with package rules.
+   Directories will be recursively scanned for rule files.
+
 .. _REPO_CONFIG:
 
 REPO_CONFIG
@@ -1990,6 +2425,7 @@ The other available repository types have an internal-only implementation:
 Repository types also need an entry in the repository config loader in order
 to be accessible.
 
+
 ---------
  Overlay
 ---------
@@ -2063,6 +2499,8 @@ It does the following steps:
 
 #. The *DESCRIPTION* and *SRC_URI* variables are created
 
+#. Add any ebuild variables created by package rules, e.g. *KEYWORDS*
+
 #. **done** - Generate the ebuild as text, add it to *p* and mark *p*
    as *ebuild successfully created*
 
@@ -2083,7 +2521,8 @@ to an *Ebuilder* that automatically sorts them and creates the ebuild.
 Overlay creation is the process of creating an overlay for many R packages
 and *roverlay*'s main task. More specifically, *OverlayCreation* is an
 *R packages -> Overlay (-> overlay in filesystem)* interface.
-It accepts *PackageInfo* objects as input, tries to reserve a slot in the
+It accepts *PackageInfo* objects as input, applies package rules to them,
+which possibly filters some packages out, tries to reserve a slot in the
 overlay for them, and, if successful, adds them to the work queue.
 
 The work queue is processed by *OverlayWorkers* that run ebuild creation
@@ -2152,7 +2591,7 @@ Try other dependency types
    document, such property is indicated by *TRY_OTHER* and
    *<preferred dependency type> first*, e.g. *package first*.
 
-*Mandatory* and *Option* are mutually exclusive.
+*Mandatory* and *Optional* are mutually exclusive.
 
 The *dependency type* of a *dependency string* is determined by its origin,
 i.e. info field in the package's DESCRIPTION file.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-04-25 16:44 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-04-25 16:44 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     ef32760f4053d3fce73fb0e11e9bdf6e960c75ad
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Apr 23 09:34:04 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Apr 23 09:34:04 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=ef32760f

doc/rst: package rules

Added the following:
* package rules 'trace' action
* roverlay.py 'apply_rules' command
* Note about apply identical evar actions more than once

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst |   44 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 files changed, 28 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index bd541f8..34ce7ac 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ This document is targeted at
      `Configuration Reference`_ and `Field Definition Config`_.
 
      There is another chapter that is only interesting for testing, the
-     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (9), which can be used to interactively
+     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (10), which can be used to interactively
      test dependency rules.
 
    * *roverlay* code maintainers who want to know **how roverlay works** for
      code improvements etc.
 
-     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (10) which has
-     references to other chapters (4-8) where required.
+     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (11) which has
+     references to other chapters (4-9) where required.
 
 Expected prior knowlegde:
 
@@ -467,6 +467,15 @@ depres_console, depres
 
    More information can be found in the `DepRes Console`_ section.
 
+apply_rules
+   Applies the package rules to all available packages and reports what has
+   been done, either to stdout or to ``--dump-file <file>``.
+
+   Meant for testing.
+
+   This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--nosync* option
+   is specified.
+
 ----------------------------
  Providing a package mirror
 ----------------------------
@@ -1469,6 +1478,21 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
    | keywords       | ebuild variables | >= 1        | set per-package        |
    |                |                  |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | trace          | package rules    | none        | marks a package as     |
+   |                |                  |             | modified               |
+   +                +                  +-------------+------------------------+
+   |                |                  | 1           | adds the stored string |
+   |                |                  |             | to a package's         |
+   |                |                  |             | *modified* variable    |
+   |                |                  |             | whenever this action   |
+   |                |                  |             | is applied             |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+
+
+.. Note::
+
+   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable action more than once
+   is possible, but only the last one will have an effect on ebuild creation.
 
 
 Extended Action Block Syntax
@@ -1529,12 +1553,7 @@ if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
       * package_name ~ x86_64
       * package_name ~ amd64
    ACTION:
-      MATCH:
-         NOR
-         * repo == BIOC/experiment
-      ACTION:
-         keywords "-x86 amd64"
-      END;
+      keywords "-x86 amd64"
       MATCH:
          repo == BIOC/experiment
       ACTION:
@@ -1543,13 +1562,6 @@ if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
    END;
 
 
-.. Caution::
-
-   Applying the same action more than once per package is not supported.
-   That is why the example above uses another nested rule with a *NOR*-match
-   instead of simply specifying the desired action.
-   This limitation will be removed soon.
-
 =========================
  Configuration Reference
 =========================


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-06-05 18:08 André Erdmann
  2013-06-13 16:34 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 1 reply; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-05 18:08 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     c73dd7909d2969d35451bd0945be545ddf0a155b
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jun  5 18:05:14 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jun  5 18:05:14 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=c73dd790

doc/rst, package rules: set/rename actions

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 110 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 100 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 34ce7ac..e74c091 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -405,6 +405,10 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
    Summary: Expect 300 (slow) or 600MB (fast) memory consumption when using
    the default package repositories.
 
+--fixup-category-move, --fixup-category-move-reverse
+   Remove ebuilds that have been moved to a different category.
+   See `Action Blocks`_ in `Package Rules`_ for details.
+
 --config file, -c file
 	Path to the config file
 
@@ -1223,6 +1227,7 @@ Rule Stubs
 
          [<keychar>]<short dependency>
 
+
 ===============
  Package Rules
 ===============
@@ -1315,7 +1320,12 @@ These *match keywords* are recognized:
    | package_name  | *implicit*       | package file name without version    |
    |               |                  | and file extension, e.g. *seewave*   |
    +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
-   | name          | *implicit*       | *alias to package_name*              |
+   | ebuild_name   | *implicit*       | ebuild name ``${PN}``, which is the  |
+   |               |                  | package_name with special chars      |
+   |               |                  | removed or replaced (e.g.,           |
+   |               |                  | *R.oo* (pkg) => *R_oo* (ebuild))     |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | name          | *implicit*       | *alias to ebuild_name*               |
    +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
 
 Note the **implicit operator**. It will be used whenever no explicit operator
@@ -1478,21 +1488,60 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
    | keywords       | ebuild variables | >= 1        | set per-package        |
    |                |                  |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | trace          | package rules    | none        | marks a package as     |
+   | trace          | package rules    | none        | mark a package as      |
    |                |                  |             | modified               |
    +                +                  +-------------+------------------------+
-   |                |                  | 1           | adds the stored string |
+   |                |                  | 1           | add the stored string  |
    |                |                  |             | to a package's         |
    |                |                  |             | *modified* variable    |
    |                |                  |             | whenever this action   |
    |                |                  |             | is applied             |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | set            | package          | 2           | set package            |
+   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information            |
+   | set_<key>      | overlay creaton  | 1           |                        |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | rename         | package          | 2           | modify package         |
+   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information with       |
+   | rename_<key>   | overlay creation | 1           | sed-like               |
+   |                |                  |             | *s/expr/repl/*         |
+   |                |                  |             | statements             |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+
+The two-arg form of the set/rename keywords expect a <key> as first and
+a value / sed expression as second arg. The one-arg form expects the latter
+one only. The "/" delimitier in the sed expression can be any character.
 
+The following *info keys* can be set and/or modified:
+
+..  table:: info keys for set/rename
+
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | info key     | supports set/rename | description                         |
+   +==============+=====================+=====================================+
+   | name         | yes / yes           | rename the ebuild                   |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | category     | yes / **no**        | set package category                |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | destfile     | yes / yes           | rename ebuild destfile by using the |
+   |              |                     | '->' operator in ``${SRC_URI}``     |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+
+.. Caution::
+
+   Category moves are not handled automatically. In incremental mode, overlay
+   creation has to be called with either ``--fixup-category-move`` or
+   ``--fixup-category-move-reverse``, depending on whether the package(s)
+   have been moved away from the default category or back to the default
+   category ("reverse"). Configuring both category move types at once requires
+   a full recreation of the overlay, that is ``rm -rf <overlay dir>``
+   followed by ``roverlay create``.
 
 .. Note::
 
-   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable action more than once
-   is possible, but only the last one will have an effect on ebuild creation.
+   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable, set or rename action
+   more than once is possible, but only the last one will have an effect
+   on ebuild creation.
 
 
 Extended Action Block Syntax
@@ -1562,6 +1611,46 @@ if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
    END;
 
 
+A rule that assigns all packages from BIOC-2.10/bioc to sci-bioc:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      repo == BIOC-2.10/bioc
+   ACTION:
+      set category sci-bioc
+   END;
+
+   # alternatively:
+   MATCH:
+      repo == BIOC-2.10/bioc
+   ACTION:
+      set_category sci-bioc
+   END;
+
+
+The following example prefixes all *yaml* packages with *Rpkg_*:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      ebuild_name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
+      rename destfile s/^/Rpkg_/
+   END;
+
+
+Moving such packages to a "R-package" sub directory would be possible, too:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
+      rename_destfile s=^=R-package=
+   END;
+
+
 =========================
  Configuration Reference
 =========================
@@ -1639,8 +1728,9 @@ DISTROOT
 
 EBUILD_PROG
    Name or path of the ebuild executables that is required for (external)
-   Manifest file creation. A wrong value will cause ebuild creation late,
-   which is a huge time loss, so make sure that this option is properly set.
+   Manifest file creation. A wrong value will cause ebuild creation to fail
+   late, which is a huge time loss, so make sure that this option is properly
+   set.
 
    Defaults to *ebuild*, which should be fine in most cases.
 
@@ -2340,9 +2430,9 @@ functionality:
 * *sync* all repos and *nosync* all repos (offline mode)
 * create *PackageInfo* instances for R packages from all repositories
 
-++++++++++++++
- Repositories
-++++++++++++++
+++++++++++++
+ Repository
+++++++++++++
 
 The functionality described above is an abstraction layer that calls the
 respective function for each repository and collects the result.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-06-05 18:08 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next commit in: doc/rst/ André Erdmann
@ 2013-06-13 16:34 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-13 16:34 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     c73dd7909d2969d35451bd0945be545ddf0a155b
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jun  5 18:05:14 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jun  5 18:05:14 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=c73dd790

doc/rst, package rules: set/rename actions

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 110 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 100 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 34ce7ac..e74c091 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -405,6 +405,10 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
    Summary: Expect 300 (slow) or 600MB (fast) memory consumption when using
    the default package repositories.
 
+--fixup-category-move, --fixup-category-move-reverse
+   Remove ebuilds that have been moved to a different category.
+   See `Action Blocks`_ in `Package Rules`_ for details.
+
 --config file, -c file
 	Path to the config file
 
@@ -1223,6 +1227,7 @@ Rule Stubs
 
          [<keychar>]<short dependency>
 
+
 ===============
  Package Rules
 ===============
@@ -1315,7 +1320,12 @@ These *match keywords* are recognized:
    | package_name  | *implicit*       | package file name without version    |
    |               |                  | and file extension, e.g. *seewave*   |
    +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
-   | name          | *implicit*       | *alias to package_name*              |
+   | ebuild_name   | *implicit*       | ebuild name ``${PN}``, which is the  |
+   |               |                  | package_name with special chars      |
+   |               |                  | removed or replaced (e.g.,           |
+   |               |                  | *R.oo* (pkg) => *R_oo* (ebuild))     |
+   +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
+   | name          | *implicit*       | *alias to ebuild_name*               |
    +---------------+------------------+--------------------------------------+
 
 Note the **implicit operator**. It will be used whenever no explicit operator
@@ -1478,21 +1488,60 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
    | keywords       | ebuild variables | >= 1        | set per-package        |
    |                |                  |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | trace          | package rules    | none        | marks a package as     |
+   | trace          | package rules    | none        | mark a package as      |
    |                |                  |             | modified               |
    +                +                  +-------------+------------------------+
-   |                |                  | 1           | adds the stored string |
+   |                |                  | 1           | add the stored string  |
    |                |                  |             | to a package's         |
    |                |                  |             | *modified* variable    |
    |                |                  |             | whenever this action   |
    |                |                  |             | is applied             |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | set            | package          | 2           | set package            |
+   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information            |
+   | set_<key>      | overlay creaton  | 1           |                        |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | rename         | package          | 2           | modify package         |
+   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information with       |
+   | rename_<key>   | overlay creation | 1           | sed-like               |
+   |                |                  |             | *s/expr/repl/*         |
+   |                |                  |             | statements             |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+
+The two-arg form of the set/rename keywords expect a <key> as first and
+a value / sed expression as second arg. The one-arg form expects the latter
+one only. The "/" delimitier in the sed expression can be any character.
 
+The following *info keys* can be set and/or modified:
+
+..  table:: info keys for set/rename
+
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | info key     | supports set/rename | description                         |
+   +==============+=====================+=====================================+
+   | name         | yes / yes           | rename the ebuild                   |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | category     | yes / **no**        | set package category                |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | destfile     | yes / yes           | rename ebuild destfile by using the |
+   |              |                     | '->' operator in ``${SRC_URI}``     |
+   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+
+.. Caution::
+
+   Category moves are not handled automatically. In incremental mode, overlay
+   creation has to be called with either ``--fixup-category-move`` or
+   ``--fixup-category-move-reverse``, depending on whether the package(s)
+   have been moved away from the default category or back to the default
+   category ("reverse"). Configuring both category move types at once requires
+   a full recreation of the overlay, that is ``rm -rf <overlay dir>``
+   followed by ``roverlay create``.
 
 .. Note::
 
-   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable action more than once
-   is possible, but only the last one will have an effect on ebuild creation.
+   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable, set or rename action
+   more than once is possible, but only the last one will have an effect
+   on ebuild creation.
 
 
 Extended Action Block Syntax
@@ -1562,6 +1611,46 @@ if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
    END;
 
 
+A rule that assigns all packages from BIOC-2.10/bioc to sci-bioc:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      repo == BIOC-2.10/bioc
+   ACTION:
+      set category sci-bioc
+   END;
+
+   # alternatively:
+   MATCH:
+      repo == BIOC-2.10/bioc
+   ACTION:
+      set_category sci-bioc
+   END;
+
+
+The following example prefixes all *yaml* packages with *Rpkg_*:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      ebuild_name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
+      rename destfile s/^/Rpkg_/
+   END;
+
+
+Moving such packages to a "R-package" sub directory would be possible, too:
+
+.. code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
+      rename_destfile s=^=R-package=
+   END;
+
+
 =========================
  Configuration Reference
 =========================
@@ -1639,8 +1728,9 @@ DISTROOT
 
 EBUILD_PROG
    Name or path of the ebuild executables that is required for (external)
-   Manifest file creation. A wrong value will cause ebuild creation late,
-   which is a huge time loss, so make sure that this option is properly set.
+   Manifest file creation. A wrong value will cause ebuild creation to fail
+   late, which is a huge time loss, so make sure that this option is properly
+   set.
 
    Defaults to *ebuild*, which should be fine in most cases.
 
@@ -2340,9 +2430,9 @@ functionality:
 * *sync* all repos and *nosync* all repos (offline mode)
 * create *PackageInfo* instances for R packages from all repositories
 
-++++++++++++++
- Repositories
-++++++++++++++
+++++++++++++
+ Repository
+++++++++++++
 
 The functionality described above is an abstraction layer that calls the
 respective function for each repository and collects the result.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-06-12 21:10 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-06-13 16:34 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-13 16:34 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     b882ecc22d31458fc64949fd458931ec79a88456
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jun 12 21:09:03 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jun 12 21:09:03 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=b882ecc2

doc/rst: additions dir

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 132 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 120 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index adf26da..ab2c563 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -52,19 +52,20 @@ This document is targeted at
    * *roverlay* maintainers who **control and test overlay creation**,
      e.g. configure which R packages will be part of the generated overlay
 
-     Depending on what you want to configure, chapters 5-8 are relevant,
-     namely `Repositories / Getting Packages`_, `Dependency Rules`_,
-     `Configuration Reference`_ and `Field Definition Config`_.
+     Depending on what you want to configure, chapters 5-10 are relevant,
+     namely `Repositories / Getting Packages`_, `Additions Directory`,
+     `Dependency Rules`_, `Package Rules`_, `Configuration Reference`_
+     and `Field Definition Config`_.
 
      There is another chapter that is only interesting for testing, the
-     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (10), which can be used to interactively
+     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (11), which can be used to interactively
      test dependency rules.
 
    * *roverlay* code maintainers who want to know **how roverlay works** for
      code improvements etc.
 
-     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (11) which has
-     references to other chapters (4-9) where required.
+     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (12) which has
+     references to other chapters (4-10) where required.
 
 Expected prior knowlegde:
 
@@ -279,13 +280,19 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
       Example: REPO_CONFIG = ~/roverlay/config/repo.list
 
-   PACKAGE_RULES:
+   PACKAGE_RULES
       A list of files and/or directories with package rules.
       Package rules can be used to control overlay/ebuild creation.
       This option is not required.
 
       Example: PACKAGE_RULES = ~/roverlay/config/packagerules.d
 
+   ADDITIONS_DIR
+      Directory with an overlay-like structure that contains extra files, e.g.
+      ebuild patches and hand-written ebuilds.
+
+      Example: ADDITIONS_DIR = ~/roverlay/additions
+
    FIELD_DEFINITION
       The value of this option should point to a field definition file which
       controls how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
@@ -330,6 +337,7 @@ There is another option that is useful for creating new dependency rules,
 LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE_, which will write all unresolvable dependencies
 to the specified file (one dependency string per line).
 
+
 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
  Extended Configuration / Where to go from here?
 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
@@ -510,7 +518,9 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
 2. scan the R Overlay directory (if it exists) for valid ebuilds
 
-3. **add** - queue all R packages for ebuild creation
+3. import ebuilds from the additions dir
+
+4. **add** - queue all R packages for ebuild creation
 
    * all repositories are asked to list their packages which are then added
      to a queue
@@ -522,7 +532,7 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
      See also: `Package Rules`_
 
-4. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
+5. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
    (thread-able on a per package basis)
 
   * read *p*'s DESCRIPTION file that contains information fields
@@ -545,9 +555,9 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
   * **done** with *p* - the overlay creator takes control over *p*
     and may decide to write *p*'s ebuild now (or later)
 
-5. write the overlay
+6. write the overlay
 
-   * write all ebuilds
+   * write all ebuilds and apply patches to them
      (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
    * write the *metadata.xml* files
@@ -957,6 +967,91 @@ A local directory will never be modified.
    websync_pkglist_.
 
 
+=====================
+ Additions Directory
+=====================
+
+The *additions directory* is a directory with overlay-like structure that
+contains extra files for overlay creation. Currently, ebuild patches and
+ebuild files are supported.
+
+To give an idea of how this directory could
+
+
+
+------------------
+ Patching ebuilds
+------------------
+
+Patches can apply to a **specific version** or to **all versions** of a
+package.
+
+The naming convention for patches is (full filesystem paths relative to the
+additions dir):
+
+..  code:: text
+
+   # version-specific patches
+   ${CATEGORY}/${PN}/${PF}[-dddd].patch
+
+   # version-agnostic patches
+   ${CATEGORY}/${PN}/${PN}[-dddd].patch
+
+
+The *-dddd* part is optional and can be used to apply more than one patch to
+an ebuild in the specified order. *d* should be a digit (0..9) and exactly
+4 digits are expected. The not-numbered patch is always applied first.
+So, in theory, up to 10001 patches per ebuild are supported.
+
+The *default* (version-agnostic) patches are only applied to ebuilds for
+which no version-specific patches exist.
+
+Exempting a specific ebuild from being patched can be achieved by creating
+an empty patch file (or a symlink to /dev/null). This is only necessary
+if *default* patches are available, else it adds some overhead.
+
+..  Caution::
+
+   Don't try to patch the (R)DEPEND variables of an ebuild.
+   It will *randomly* break because *roverlay* uses unordered data structures
+   for collecting dependencies.
+
+Example:
+
+..  code:: text
+
+   <additions dir>/sci-CRAN/R_oo/R_oo-1.9.8.patch
+   <additions dir>/sci-CRAN/R_oo/R_oo-1.9.8-0000.patch
+   <additions dir>/sci-CRAN/R_oo/R_oo-1.9.8-0001.patch
+   <additions dir>/sci-R/seewave/seewave-1.6.7.patch
+   <additions dir>/sci-R/seewave/seewave.patch
+
+
+-------------------
+ Importing ebuilds
+-------------------
+
+Foreign ebuilds can be imported into the overlay by simple putting them into
+the additions directory.
+
+The naming convention is similar to ebuild patches and identical to the
+portage tree:
+
+..  code::
+
+   ${CATEGORY}/${PN}/${PF}.ebuild
+
+
+Ebuilds imported that way can not be overwritten by generated ebuilds and
+benefit from most overlay creation features, e.g. Manifest file creation.
+However, they cannot be used for metadata creation.
+
+..  Important::
+
+   Importing ebuilds is only supported by the default Manifest implementation
+   (*ebuildmanifest*).
+
+
 ==================
  Dependency Rules
 ==================
@@ -1747,6 +1842,11 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
  overlay options
 -----------------
 
+.. _ADDITIONS_DIR:
+
+ADDITIONS_DIR:
+   Alias to OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR_.
+
 .. _DISTDIR:
 
 DISTDIR
@@ -1772,6 +1872,14 @@ ECLASS
 MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION
    Alias to OVERLAY_MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION_.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR:
+
+OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR
+   Directory with an overlay-like structure that contains extra files, e.g.
+   ebuild patches and hand-written ebuilds. This option is not required.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which disables this feature.
+
 .. _OVERLAY_CATEGORY:
 
 OVERLAY_CATEGORY
@@ -1790,7 +1898,7 @@ OVERLAY_DIR
 .. _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT:
 
 OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT
-   A *bool* that controls the overall layout of _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT.
+   A *bool* that controls the overall layout of OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT_.
 
    A flat distdir is a single directory with all package files or package
    file links in it. A nested distdir contains per-package directories.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-06-18 14:12 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-06-18 14:12 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-18 14:12 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     846a4c66dabd31bbb4b9c2e17394ad53cc086d3d
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jun 18 12:54:18 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jun 18 12:54:18 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=846a4c66

doc/rst: r_suggests USE_EXPAND variable

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 190 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 161 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index ab2c563..8d06bab 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -302,6 +302,18 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
       Example: FIELD_DEFINITION = ~/roverlay/config/description_fields.conf
 
+   USE_EXPAND_DESC
+      A file that contains USE_EXPAND flag descriptions. This option is not
+      required.
+
+      Example: USE_EXPAND_DESC = ~/roverlay/config/useflag/useflag_desc
+
+   USE_EXPAND_RENAME
+      The value of this option should point to a USE flag remap file which
+      can be used to rename USE_EXPAND flags. This option is not required.
+
+      Example: USE_EXPAND_RENAME = ~/roverlay/config/useflag_rename
+
    OVERLAY_ECLASS
       This option lists eclass files that should be imported into the overlay
       (into *OVERLAY_DIR*/eclass/) and inherited in all ebuilds.
@@ -557,6 +569,10 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
 6. write the overlay
 
+   * write/update the profiles dir
+
+     * *roverlay* respects manual changes to USE_EXPAND description files
+
    * write all ebuilds and apply patches to them
      (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
@@ -588,6 +604,8 @@ eclass file are used, the result should look like:
    <overlay root>/profiles/categories
    <overlay root>/profiles/repo_name
    <overlay root>/profiles/use.desc
+   <overlay root>/profiles/desc
+   <overlay root>/profiles/desc/r_suggests.desc
    <overlay root>/sci-R/<many directories per R package>
    <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/
    <overlay root>/sci-R/seewave/Manifest
@@ -604,19 +622,22 @@ Ebuild Template
    .. code-block:: text
 
       <ebuild header>
+
+      EAPI=<EAPI>
+
       inherit <eclass(es)>
 
       DESCRIPTION="<the R package's description>"
       SRC_URI="<src uri for the R package>"
 
-      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
-         R_suggests
+      IUSE="${IUSE-}
+         r_suggests_<flag> r_suggests_<another flag> ...
       "
-      R_SUGGESTS="<R package suggestions>"
+      R_SUGGESTS="r_suggests_<flag>? ( <optional dependency> ) ..."
       DEPEND="<build time dependencies for the R package>"
-      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND-}
          <runtime dependencies>
-         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+         ${R_SUGGESTS-}
       "
 
       _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES=(<unresolvable, but optional dependencies>)
@@ -628,6 +649,9 @@ Ebuild Template
    .. code-block:: text
 
       <ebuild header>
+
+      EAPI=<EAPI>
+
       inherit <eclass(es)>
 
       SRC_URI="<src uri for the R package>"
@@ -638,7 +662,7 @@ Example: seewave 1.6.4 from CRAN:
 
    .. code-block:: sh
 
-      # Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
+      # Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
       # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
       # $Header: $
 
@@ -648,11 +672,13 @@ Example: seewave 1.6.4 from CRAN:
       DESCRIPTION="Time wave analysis and graphical representation"
       SRC_URI="http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/seewave_1.6.4.tar.gz"
 
-      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
-         R_suggests
+      IUSE="${IUSE-}
+         r_suggests_sound
+         r_suggests_audio
       "
-      R_SUGGESTS="sci-R/sound
-         sci-R/audio
+      R_SUGGESTS="
+         r_suggests_sound? ( sci-R/sound )
+         r_suggests_audio? ( sci-R/audio )
       "
       DEPEND="sci-R/fftw
          sci-R/tuneR
@@ -660,11 +686,11 @@ Example: seewave 1.6.4 from CRAN:
          sci-R/rpanel
          sci-R/rgl
       "
-      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND-}
          media-libs/flac
          sci-libs/fftw
          media-libs/libsndfile
-         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+         ${R_SUGGESTS-}
       "
 
 Example: MetaPCA 0.1.3 from CRAN's archive:
@@ -673,7 +699,7 @@ Example: MetaPCA 0.1.3 from CRAN's archive:
 
    .. code-block:: sh
 
-      # Copyright 1999-2012 Gentoo Foundation
+      # Copyright 1999-2013 Gentoo Foundation
       # Distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License v2
       # $Header: $
 
@@ -683,21 +709,29 @@ Example: MetaPCA 0.1.3 from CRAN's archive:
       DESCRIPTION="MetaPCA: Meta-analysis in the Di... (see metadata)"
       SRC_URI="http://cran.r-project.org/src/contrib/Archive/MetaPCA/MetaPCA_0.1.3.tar.gz"
 
-      IUSE="${IUSE:-}
-         R_suggests
+      IUSE="${IUSE-}
+         r_suggests_domc
+         r_suggests_affy
+         r_suggests_ellipse
+         r_suggests_pcapp
+         r_suggests_mass
+         r_suggests_impute
+         r_suggests_dosmp
+         r_suggests_geoquery
       "
-      R_SUGGESTS="sci-R/doMC
-         sci-R/affy
-         sci-R/ellipse
-         sci-R/pcaPP
-         sci-R/MASS
-         sci-R/impute
-         sci-R/doSMP
-         sci-R/GEOquery
+      R_SUGGESTS="
+         r_suggests_domc? ( sci-R/doMC )
+         r_suggests_affy? ( sci-R/affy )
+         r_suggests_ellipse? ( sci-R/ellipse )
+         r_suggests_pcapp? ( sci-R/pcaPP )
+         r_suggests_mass? ( sci-R/MASS )
+         r_suggests_impute? ( sci-R/impute )
+         r_suggests_dosmp? ( sci-R/doSMP )
+         r_suggests_geoquery? ( sci-R/GEOquery )
       "
       DEPEND="sci-R/foreach"
-      RDEPEND="${DEPEND:-}
-         R_suggests? ( ${R_SUGGESTS} )
+      RDEPEND="${DEPEND-}
+         ${R_SUGGESTS-}
       "
 
       _UNRESOLVED_PACKAGES=('hgu133plus2.db')
@@ -1847,6 +1881,11 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
 ADDITIONS_DIR:
    Alias to OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR_.
 
+.. _BACKUP_DESC:
+
+BACKUP_DESC
+   Alias to OVERLAY_BACKUP_DESC_.
+
 .. _DISTDIR:
 
 DISTDIR
@@ -1862,6 +1901,11 @@ DISTDIR_FLAT
 DISTDIR_STRATEGY
    Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_.
 
+.. _EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_NAME:
+
+EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_NAME
+   Name of the R_SUGGESTS USE_EXPAND variable. Defaults to *R_SUGGESTS*.
+
 .. _ECLASS:
 
 ECLASS
@@ -1880,6 +1924,14 @@ OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR
 
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables this feature.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_BACKUP_DESC:
+
+OVERLAY_BACKUP_DESC
+   A *bool* that indicates whether the description file of the *R_SUGGESTS*
+   USE_EXPAND variable should be backed up before (over-)writing it.
+
+   Defaults to *true*.
+
 .. _OVERLAY_CATEGORY:
 
 OVERLAY_CATEGORY
@@ -1997,6 +2049,11 @@ OVERLAY_NAME
 
    Defaults to *R_Overlay*.
 
+.. _USE_EXPAND_NAME:
+
+USE_EXPAND_NAME:
+   Alias to EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_NAME_.
+
 --------------------
  other config files
 --------------------
@@ -2011,6 +2068,21 @@ reasons:
 The paths to these files have to be listed in the main config file and
 can be overridden with the appropriate command line options.
 
+.. _EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_DESC:
+
+EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_DESC
+   Path to a flag description file (for the *R_SUGGESTS* USE_EXPAND variable).
+   The syntax of this file is identical to USE_EXPAND description files
+   (``<overlay root>/profiles/desc/r_suggests.desc``).
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which disables this option.
+
+.. _EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_RENAME:
+
+EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_RENAME
+   Path to a file that lists alternative names for a flag in the *R_SUGGESTS*
+   USE_EXPAND variable.
+
 .. _FIELD_DEFINITION:
 
 FIELD_DEFINITION
@@ -2066,6 +2138,16 @@ SIMPLE_RULES_FILE
 SIMPLE_RULES_FILES
    Alias to SIMPLE_RULES_FILE_.
 
+.. _USE_EXPAND_DESC:
+
+USE_EXPAND_DESC
+   Alias to EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_DESC_.
+
+.. _USE_EXPAND_RENAME:
+
+USE_EXPAND_RENAME
+   Alias to EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_RENAME_.
+
 ---------
  logging
 ---------
@@ -2210,11 +2292,61 @@ LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables this feature.
 
 
+====================
+ Other config files
+====================
+
+-----------------------------
+ USE_EXPAND flag rename file
+-----------------------------
+
+The USE_EXPAND_RENAME_ file contains dictionary-like entries that assign
+*effective* flag names to flag names generated at runtime.
+
+The syntax is as follows:
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   # comments start with '#'
+
+   <effective flag> <runtime flag> [<another runtime flag>...]
+
+   # a '=' can be used as separator to improve readability
+   <effective flag> = <runtime flag> [<another runtime flag>...]
+
+   # the previous line can be continued with leading whitespace
+   <effective flag> = <runtime flag>
+      [<another runtime flag>...]
+
+
+Example:
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   # rename 'audio' and 'snd' to 'sound'
+   sound = audio snd
+
+
+Each flag is renamed at most once, so the following example renames 'sound'
+to media, but 'audio' to 'sound':;
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   sound = audio snd
+   media = sound video
+
+
+..  Caution::
+
+   Assigning more than one *effective flag* to a *runtime flag* leads to
+   unpredictable results.
+
+
 .. _Field Definition:
 
-=========================
+-------------------------
  Field Definition Config
-=========================
+-------------------------
 
 The field definition file uses ConfigParser_ syntax and defines
 how an R package's DESCRIPTION file is read.
@@ -2319,9 +2451,9 @@ Known field flags:
 
 .. _default field definition file:
 
---------------------------------------------
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
  Example: The default field definition file
---------------------------------------------
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 
 This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-06-25 21:10 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-06-30 15:58 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-30 15:58 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     adbe0bb8d1edc7cbff598b4834fbaceb7335fbb3
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jun 25 21:10:02 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jun 25 21:10:02 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=adbe0bb8

doc/rst: doc for "run hooks" (incomplete)

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 354 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 354 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 8d06bab..078a7ac 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -314,6 +314,12 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
       Example: USE_EXPAND_RENAME = ~/roverlay/config/useflag_rename
 
+   CACHEDIR
+      Directory for generated files that do not belong to the overlay, e.g.
+      the *distmap* file. This option is **required**.
+
+      Example: CACHEDIR = ~/roverlay/workdir/cache
+
    OVERLAY_ECLASS
       This option lists eclass files that should be imported into the overlay
       (into *OVERLAY_DIR*/eclass/) and inherited in all ebuilds.
@@ -409,6 +415,10 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
 --nosync, --no-sync
    Disable downloading of R packages.
 
+--distmap-verify
+   Enforce verification of R packages in the package mirror directory.
+   This also tries to recreate the distmap.
+
 --no-incremental
    Force recreation of existing ebuilds
 
@@ -1834,6 +1844,16 @@ The following sections will list all config entries.
  misc options
 --------------
 
+.. _CACHEDIR:
+
+CACHEDIR
+   Directory for persistent files that don't belong to the overlay, e.g.
+   the distmap file.
+
+   This option is **required**.
+
+   <<TODO: default value!>>
+
 .. _DISTFILES:
 
 DISTFILES
@@ -1863,6 +1883,14 @@ EBUILD_PROG
 
    Defaults to *ebuild*, which should be fine in most cases.
 
+.. _NOSYNC:
+
+NOSYNC
+   A *bool* that controls whether *syncing*, i.e. data transfers from/to
+   remote machines, is allowed or forbidden.
+
+   Defaults to *no*.
+
 .. _RSYNC_BWLIMIT:
 
 RSYNC_BWLIMIT
@@ -1872,6 +1900,7 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables bandwidth limitation.
 
 
+
 -----------------
  overlay options
 -----------------
@@ -1901,6 +1930,17 @@ DISTDIR_FLAT
 DISTDIR_STRATEGY
    Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_.
 
+
+.. _DISTDIR_VERIFY:
+
+DISTDIR_VERIFY
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_VERIFY_.
+
+.. _DISTMAP_FILE:
+
+DISTMAP_FILE
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTMAP_FILE_.
+
 .. _EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_NAME:
 
 EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_NAME
@@ -2002,6 +2042,23 @@ OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY
    This option is **required**, but has a reasonable value in the default
    config file, "hardlink symlink".
 
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTDIR_VERIFY:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTDIR_VERIFY
+   A *bool* that controls whether file integrity of *OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT*
+   should be checked on startup. This is an expensive operation since each
+   file have to be read once.
+
+   Defaults to *no* as the verification is normally not needed.
+
+
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTMAP_FILE:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTMAP_FILE:
+   File path to the distmap file.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which results in CACHEDIR_/distmap.db.
+
 .. _OVERLAY_ECLASS:
 
 OVERLAY_ECLASS
@@ -2148,6 +2205,45 @@ USE_EXPAND_DESC
 USE_EXPAND_RENAME
    Alias to EBUILD_USE_EXPAND_RENAME_.
 
+---------------------------
+ shell environment / hooks
+---------------------------
+
+.. _EVENT_HOOK:
+
+EVENT_HOOK
+   A script that is called for handling *events* (see Hooks_).
+
+   Defaults to ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks/mux.sh.
+
+.. _EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT:
+
+EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT
+   A list of *events* that are allowed (``<event>``, ``+<event>``) or
+   forbidden (``-<event>``). The asterisk wildcard character can be used to
+   set the default policy to *allow unless forbidden* (``*``) or
+   *deny unless allowed* (``-*``).
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which is equivalent to *deny all*.
+
+.. _FILTER_SHELL_ENV:
+
+FILTER_SHELL_ENV
+   A *bool* that controls whether the hook environment should be filtered
+   or not.
+
+   Defaults to *true*.
+
+.. _HOOK:
+
+HOOK
+   Alias to EVENT_HOOK_.
+
+.. _HOOK_RESTRICT:
+
+HOOK_RESTRICT
+   Alias to EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT_.
+
 ---------
  logging
 ---------
@@ -3146,3 +3242,261 @@ Its mode of operation of operation is best described in pseudo-code:
 
 The dependency resolver can be **run as thread**, in which case the while loop
 becomes "loop until resolver closes".
+
+
+=======
+ undef
+=======
+
+<<TODO; this section has to merged/moved>>
+
+---------
+ distmap
+---------
+
+The distmap is a file that stores information about the files in the package
+mirror directory (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_).
+<<TODO>>
+
+
+-------
+ hooks
+-------
+
+*roverlay* calls a script when certain events occur, e.g. after successful
+overlay creation.
+
+<<TODO>>
+
+* real work is offloaded to the called script
+* roverlay provides some env vars
+* roverlay provides a *$FUNCTIONS* file and a way to load other function files
+* ``EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT="this -not_that *"``
+
+<<^^TODO>>
+
+.. Note::
+
+   *roverlay* waits until the script terminates.
+
+
+++++++++++++++++++
+ Hook environment
+++++++++++++++++++
+
+.. table:: environment variables provided by *roverlay*
+
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | variable       | source           | notes / description                     |
+   +================+==================+=========================================+
+   | PATH           | os.environ       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | LOGNAME        | os.environ       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | SHLVL          | os.environ       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | TERM           | os.environ       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | HOME           | os.environ       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event            | event that caused the script to run     |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | OVERLAY        | config           | overlay directory (`OVERLAY_DIR`_),     |
+   +----------------+------------------+ initial working directory               |
+   | S              | *$OVERLAY*       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
+   | PWD            | *$OVERLAY*       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | DISTROOT       | config           | package mirror directory                |
+   |                |                  | (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_)               |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | TMPDIR         | os.environ,      | directory for temporary files           |
+   |                | *fallback*       |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
+   | T              | *$TMPDIR*        |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ADDITIONS_DIR  | config           | directory with supplementary files      |
+   |                |                  | (`OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR`_)              |
+   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
+   | FILESDIR       | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | SHLIB          | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* | directory with shell function files     |
+   |                |                  | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | FUNCTIONS      | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* | file with essential shell functions     |
+   |                |                  | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | DEBUG          | log level        | *shbool* (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
+   |                |                  | indicates whether debug messages should |
+   |                |                  | be printed                              |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | VERBOSE        | log level        | *shbool*                                |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | QUIET          | log level        | *shbool* that indicates whether scripts |
+   |                |                  | should be quiet                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | NO_COLOR       | *n/a*            | *shbool*. Always set to *y* since       |
+   |                |                  | colored output should not be produced   |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | NOSYNC         | config           | *shbool* that indicates whether data    |
+   |                |                  | transfers from/to remote machines is    |
+   |                |                  | allowed (NOSYNC_)                       |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | EBUILD         | config           | the *ebuild* executable                 |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | GIT_EDITOR     | *n/a*            | set to */bin/false*                     |
+   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
+   | GIT_ASKPASS    | *n/a*            |                                         |
+   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+
+
+The default *essential shell functions* file (*$FUNCTIONS*) makes,
+when included in the hook script, most of the enviroment variables readonly.
+
+
+.. table:: variables provided by *$FUNCTIONS*
+
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | variable        | description                                           |
+   +=================+=======================================================+
+   | IFS_DEFAULT     | default *internal field separator*                    |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | IFS_NEWLINE     | *IFS* for iterating over text lines                   |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | DEVNULL         | */dev/null* target (could also be a file)             |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | EX_ERR          | default error exit code                               |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | EX_ARG_ERR      | default exit code for arg errors                      |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | SCRIPT_FILENAME | file name of the hook script                          |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | SCRIPT_NAME     | name of the hook script (without file extension)      |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | lf              | reference to a function that loads additional shell   |
+   |                 | function files                                        |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+*$FUNCTIONS* also provides a number of shell functions:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   # --- message ---
+   #
+   # void veinfo ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stdout if $DEBUG is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void einfo  ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stdout if $VERBOSE is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void ewarn  ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stderr unless $QUIET is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void eerror ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stderr.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- core ---
+   #
+   # @noreturn die ( [message], [exit_code] ), raises exit()
+   #  Lets the script die with the given message/exit code.
+   #
+   # @noreturn OUT_OF_BOUNDS(), raises die()
+   #  Lets the script die due to insufficient arg count.
+   #
+   # int run_command ( *cmdv )
+   #  Logs a command and runs it afterwards.
+   #
+   # int run_command_logged ( *cmdv )
+   #  Logs a command, runs it and logs the result.
+   #
+   # void autodie ( *cmdv ), raises die()
+   #  Runs a command. Lets the script die if the command fails.
+   #
+   #
+   # void load_functions ( *filenames, **SHLIB ), raises die()
+   #  Loads additional shell functions file(s) from $SHLIB.
+   #  (Referenced by $lf.)
+   #
+   # void dont_run_as_root(), raises die()
+   #  Lets the script die if it is run as root.
+   #
+   # int list_has ( word, *list_items )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is in the given list.
+   #
+   # int qwhich ( *command )
+   #  Returns 0 if all listed commands are found by "which".
+   #
+   #
+   # --- fs ---
+   #
+   # int dodir ( *dir )
+   #  Ensures that zero or more directories exist by creating them if
+   #  necessary. Returns the number of directories that could not be created.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- str ---
+   #
+   # int yesno ( word, **YESNO_YES=0, **YESNO_NO=1, **YESNO_EMPTY=2 )
+   #  Returns $YESNO_YES if $word means "yes", $YESNO_EMPTY if $word is empty
+   #  and $YESNO_NO otherwise (if $word probably means "no").
+   #
+   # ~int str_trim ( *args )
+   #  Removes whitespace at the beginning and end of a string and replaces
+   #  any whitespace sequence within the string with a single space char.
+   #  Passes the return value of the underlying sed command.
+   #
+   # ~int str_upper ( *args )
+   #  Echoes the uppercase variant of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes tr's return value.
+   #
+   # ~int str_lower ( *args )
+   #  Echoes the lowercase variant of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes tr's return value.
+   #
+   # ~int str_field ( fieldspec, *args, **FIELD_SEPARATOR=' ' )
+   #  Echoes the requested fields of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes cut's return value.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- int ---
+   #
+   # int is_int ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_natural ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 0, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_positive ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 1, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_negative ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer < 0, else 1.
+   #
+
+
++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Adding a hook event
++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+in roverlay
+
+..  code-block:: python
+
+   # import hook module
+   import roverlay.hook
+
+   # ...
+   # then:
+   roverlay.hook.run ( "<event>" )
+   # ...
+   roverlay.hook.run ( "<another event>" )
+
+
+in additions dir (assuming that mux.sh is used)
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   <somehow create> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/<hook>.<event>
+   <somehow create> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/<hook>/<event>.sh


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-06-26 17:29 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-06-30 15:58 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-06-30 15:58 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     0678580564dcf6aa8e2587d3b04d62544265ca74
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jun 26 17:28:39 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jun 26 17:28:39 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=06785805

doc/rst: "run hooks", "distmap"

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 643 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------
 1 file changed, 383 insertions(+), 260 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 078a7ac..2daedce 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1010,6 +1010,22 @@ A local directory will never be modified.
    consider using one of the **websync** repo types, websync_repo_ and
    websync_pkglist_.
 
+---------
+ distmap
+---------
+
+*roverlay* uses a text file to store information about files in the package
+mirror directory (OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT_). This is necessary for comparing
+package files from repos with files for which an ebuild has already been
+created (in previous runs).
+
+With the help of the *distmap file*, *roverlay* is able to determine whether
+upstream has changed a package file silently and creates a revision-bumped
+ebuild for the *new* package file.
+
+The *distmap file* can optionally be compressed (bzip2 or gzip), which
+reduces its size considerably.
+
 
 =====================
  Additions Directory
@@ -1790,6 +1806,354 @@ Moving such packages to a "R-package" sub directory would be possible, too:
    END;
 
 
+=============
+ Event Hooks
+=============
+
+*roverlay* is able to call a script when certain events occur, e.g. after
+successful overlay creation, which can be used to perform additional actions
+without touching *roverlay's* source code.
+
+To realize this, *roverlay* determines whether a given event is permitted
+(`event policy`_) and, if so, creates a `hook environment`_ and runs the
+script. Additionally, shell scripts can load *roverlay's* *$FUNCTIONS* file,
+which provides extra functionality.
+
+.. Note::
+
+   *roverlay* waits until the script terminates and thus possibly waits
+   forever.
+
+
+----------------------
+ Default event script
+----------------------
+
+The default event script (``mux.sh``) loads *$FUNCTIONS* and then runs the
+following script files (by sourcing them), in order:
+
+#. all files from ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks/<event> that end with *.sh*
+   (``<ADDITIONS_DIR>/hooks/<event>/*.sh``)
+#. all files ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks that end with *.<event>*
+   (``<ADDITIONS_DIR>/hooks/*.<event>``)
+
+So, there are two naming schemes for *hook scripts*.
+Either one is acceptable, but it is advised to stay consistent.
+Having the same script at both locations results in executing it twice.
+
+..  Note::
+
+   The default event script enables *nounset* behavior, which causes the
+   shell command interpreter to exit abnormally if an unset variable is
+   accessed.
+
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Activating a hook script
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+Activating a hook script can be done by symlinking it:
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   ln -s <real script> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/hooks/<event>/<name>.sh
+   # or
+   ln -s <real script> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/hooks/<name>.<event>
+
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Adding a new hook script
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+As hinted before, *hook scripts* are simple shell scripts. The following
+template gives an idea of how to write them:
+
+..  code-block:: sh
+
+   #!/bin/sh
+   #set -u
+
+   # load essential functions
+   # (not necessary when using the default event script)
+   . "${FUNCTIONS?}" || exit
+
+   ## load additional function files, if any
+   #$lf <name(s)>
+
+   # script body
+   #
+   # when redirecting output to $DEVNULL, use ">>" instead of ">" as
+   # $DEVNULL could be a file
+   #ls >>${DEVNULL}
+   #
+   # ...
+
+
+   # the script must not exit if everything went well (return is ok)
+   return 0
+
+
+--------------
+ Event Policy
+--------------
+
+The *event policy* controls whether a certain event actually triggers a script
+call or not.
+It is constructed by parsing the EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT_ config option:
+
+* a word prefixed by ``-`` means *deny specific event* (-> blacklist)
+* the asterisk char ``*`` (or ``+*``) sets the policy to
+  *allow unless denied* (blacklist) or *allow all*
+* a word prefixed by ``+`` or without a prefix char means
+  *allow specific event* (-> whitelist)
+* the asterisk char with ``-`` as prefix (``-*``) sets the policy to
+  *deny unless allowed* (whitelist) or *deny all*
+
+
+The policy defaults to *allow all* if ``EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT`` is not set in
+the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
+
+
+------------------
+ Hook Environment
+------------------
+
+.. table:: environment variables provided by *roverlay*
+
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | variable       | source            | notes / description                     |
+   +================+===================+=========================================+
+   | PATH           | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | LOGNAME        | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | SHLVL          | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | TERM           | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | HOME           | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event             | event that caused the script to run     |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | OVERLAY        | config            | overlay directory (`OVERLAY_DIR`_),     |
+   +----------------+-------------------+ initial working directory               |
+   | S              | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
+   | PWD            | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | DISTROOT       | config            | package mirror directory                |
+   |                |                   | (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_)               |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | TMPDIR         | os.environ,       | directory for temporary files           |
+   |                | *fallback*        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
+   | T              | *$TMPDIR*         |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ADDITIONS_DIR  | config            | directory with supplementary files      |
+   |                |                   | (`OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR`_)              |
+   +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
+   | FILESDIR       | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*  |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | SHLIB          | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*, | A list of directories with shell        |
+   |                | *installed?*      | function files                          |
+   |                |                   | (optional, only set if any dir exists)  |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | FUNCTIONS      | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*, | file with essential shell functions     |
+   |                | *installed?*      | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | DEBUG          | log level         | *shbool* (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
+   |                |                   | indicates whether debug messages should |
+   |                |                   | be printed                              |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | VERBOSE        | log level         | *shbool*                                |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | QUIET          | log level         | *shbool* that indicates whether scripts |
+   |                |                   | should be quiet                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | NO_COLOR       | *n/a*             | *shbool*. Always set to *y* since       |
+   |                |                   | colored output should not be produced   |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | NOSYNC         | config            | *shbool* that indicates whether data    |
+   |                |                   | transfers from/to remote machines is    |
+   |                |                   | allowed (NOSYNC_)                       |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | EBUILD         | config            | the *ebuild* executable                 |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | GIT_EDITOR     | *n/a*             | set to */bin/false*                     |
+   +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
+   | GIT_ASKPASS    | *n/a*             |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+
+
+The default *essential shell functions* file (*$FUNCTIONS*) makes,
+when included in the hook script, most of the enviroment variables readonly.
+
+
+.. table:: variables provided by *$FUNCTIONS*
+
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | variable        | description                                           |
+   +=================+=======================================================+
+   | IFS_DEFAULT     | default *internal field separator*                    |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | IFS_NEWLINE     | *IFS* for iterating over text lines                   |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | DEVNULL         | */dev/null* target (could also be a file)             |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | EX_ERR          | default error exit code                               |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | EX_ARG_ERR      | default exit code for arg errors                      |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | SCRIPT_FILENAME | file name of the hook script                          |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | SCRIPT_NAME     | name of the hook script (without file extension)      |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+   | lf              | reference to a function that loads additional shell   |
+   |                 | function files                                        |
+   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+*$FUNCTIONS* also provides a number of shell functions:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   # --- message ---
+   #
+   # void veinfo ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stdout if $DEBUG is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void einfo  ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stdout if $VERBOSE is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void ewarn  ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stderr unless $QUIET is set to 'y'.
+   #
+   # void eerror ( message )
+   #  Prints a message to stderr.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- core ---
+   #
+   # @noreturn die ( [message], [exit_code] ), raises exit()
+   #  Lets the script die with the given message/exit code.
+   #
+   # @noreturn OUT_OF_BOUNDS(), raises die()
+   #  Lets the script die due to insufficient arg count.
+   #
+   # int run_command ( *cmdv )
+   #  Logs a command and runs it afterwards.
+   #
+   # int run_command_logged ( *cmdv )
+   #  Logs a command, runs it and logs the result.
+   #
+   # void autodie ( *cmdv ), raises die()
+   #  Runs a command. Lets the script die if the command fails.
+   #
+   #
+   # void load_functions ( *filenames, **SHLIB ), raises die()
+   #  Loads additional shell functions file(s) from $SHLIB.
+   #  (Referenced by $lf.)
+   #
+   # void dont_run_as_root(), raises die()
+   #  Lets the script die if it is run as root.
+   #
+   # int list_has ( word, *list_items )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is in the given list, else 1.
+   #
+   # int qwhich ( *command )
+   #  Returns 0 if all listed commands are found by "which", else 1.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- fs ---
+   #
+   # int dodir ( *dir )
+   #  Ensures that zero or more directories exist by creating them if
+   #  necessary. Returns the number of directories that could not be created.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- str ---
+   #
+   # int yesno ( word, **YESNO_YES=0, **YESNO_NO=1, **YESNO_EMPTY=2 )
+   #  Returns $YESNO_YES if $word means "yes", $YESNO_EMPTY if $word is empty
+   #  and $YESNO_NO otherwise (if $word probably means "no").
+   #
+   # ~int str_trim ( *args )
+   #  Removes whitespace at the beginning and end of a string and replaces
+   #  any whitespace sequence within the string with a single space char.
+   #  Passes the return value of the underlying sed command.
+   #
+   # ~int str_upper ( *args )
+   #  Echoes the uppercase variant of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes tr's return value.
+   #
+   # ~int str_lower ( *args )
+   #  Echoes the lowercase variant of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes tr's return value.
+   #
+   # ~int str_field ( fieldspec, *args, **FIELD_SEPARATOR=' ' )
+   #  Echoes the requested fields of stdin or *args.
+   #  Passes cut's return value.
+   #
+   #
+   # --- int ---
+   #
+   # int is_int ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_natural ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 0, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_positive ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 1, else 1.
+   #
+   # int is_negative ( word )
+   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer < 0, else 1.
+   #
+
+
+------------------------
+ Adding a function file
+------------------------
+
+Function files are shell script files that provide functions and variables.
+They should, however, not execute any code directly.
+
+The template below illustrates how to write function files:
+
+..  code-block:: sh
+
+   # protect against repeated inclusion of this file
+   # (replace <name> with a unique identifier)
+   if [ -z "${__HAVE_<name>__-}" ]; then
+   readonly __HAVE_<name>__=y
+
+   # function file body
+   # ...
+
+   fi
+
+Shell function files should be put into ``<ADDITIONS_DIR>/shlib``.
+
+---------------------
+ Adding a hook event
+---------------------
+
+Adding a new event has to be done in *roverlay's* source code and is a rather
+trivial task. The ``roverlay.hook`` module implements a function for running
+the event script:
+
+..  code-block:: python
+
+   # import hook module
+   import roverlay.hook
+
+   # ...
+   # then, somewhere in the code
+   roverlay.hook.run ( "<event>" )
+   # ...
+   roverlay.hook.run ( "<another event>" )
+
+
 =========================
  Configuration Reference
 =========================
@@ -1936,6 +2300,11 @@ DISTDIR_STRATEGY
 DISTDIR_VERIFY
    Alias to OVERLAY_DISTDIR_VERIFY_.
 
+.. _DISTMAP_COMPRESSION:
+
+DISTMAP_COMPRESSION
+   Alias to OVERLAY_DISTMAP_COMPRESSION_.
+
 .. _DISTMAP_FILE:
 
 DISTMAP_FILE
@@ -2051,6 +2420,13 @@ OVERLAY_DISTDIR_VERIFY
 
    Defaults to *no* as the verification is normally not needed.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_DISTMAP_COMPRESSION:
+
+OVERLAY_DISTMAP_COMPRESSION
+   Compression format for the distmap file. Choices are none, gzip/gz and
+   bzip2/bz2.
+
+   Defaults to bzip2.
 
 .. _OVERLAY_DISTMAP_FILE:
 
@@ -2212,9 +2588,10 @@ USE_EXPAND_RENAME
 .. _EVENT_HOOK:
 
 EVENT_HOOK
-   A script that is called for handling *events* (see Hooks_).
+   A script that is called for handling *events* (see `Event Hooks`_).
 
-   Defaults to ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks/mux.sh.
+   Defaults to <libexec dir>/hooks/mux.sh if roverlay has been installed
+   and ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks/mux.sh otherwise.
 
 .. _EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT:
 
@@ -2226,6 +2603,10 @@ EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT
 
    Defaults to <not set>, which is equivalent to *deny all*.
 
+   ``EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT="overlay_success"`` would allow the ``overlay_success``
+   event only, whereas ``EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT="* -overlay_success"`` would
+   allow any event except for ``overlay_success``. Also see `event policy`_.
+
 .. _FILTER_SHELL_ENV:
 
 FILTER_SHELL_ENV
@@ -3242,261 +3623,3 @@ Its mode of operation of operation is best described in pseudo-code:
 
 The dependency resolver can be **run as thread**, in which case the while loop
 becomes "loop until resolver closes".
-
-
-=======
- undef
-=======
-
-<<TODO; this section has to merged/moved>>
-
----------
- distmap
----------
-
-The distmap is a file that stores information about the files in the package
-mirror directory (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_).
-<<TODO>>
-
-
--------
- hooks
--------
-
-*roverlay* calls a script when certain events occur, e.g. after successful
-overlay creation.
-
-<<TODO>>
-
-* real work is offloaded to the called script
-* roverlay provides some env vars
-* roverlay provides a *$FUNCTIONS* file and a way to load other function files
-* ``EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT="this -not_that *"``
-
-<<^^TODO>>
-
-.. Note::
-
-   *roverlay* waits until the script terminates.
-
-
-++++++++++++++++++
- Hook environment
-++++++++++++++++++
-
-.. table:: environment variables provided by *roverlay*
-
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | variable       | source           | notes / description                     |
-   +================+==================+=========================================+
-   | PATH           | os.environ       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | LOGNAME        | os.environ       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | SHLVL          | os.environ       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | TERM           | os.environ       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | HOME           | os.environ       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event            | event that caused the script to run     |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | OVERLAY        | config           | overlay directory (`OVERLAY_DIR`_),     |
-   +----------------+------------------+ initial working directory               |
-   | S              | *$OVERLAY*       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
-   | PWD            | *$OVERLAY*       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | DISTROOT       | config           | package mirror directory                |
-   |                |                  | (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_)               |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | TMPDIR         | os.environ,      | directory for temporary files           |
-   |                | *fallback*       |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
-   | T              | *$TMPDIR*        |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | ADDITIONS_DIR  | config           | directory with supplementary files      |
-   |                |                  | (`OVERLAY_ADDITIONS_DIR`_)              |
-   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
-   | FILESDIR       | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | SHLIB          | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* | directory with shell function files     |
-   |                |                  | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | FUNCTIONS      | *$ADDITIONS_DIR* | file with essential shell functions     |
-   |                |                  | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | DEBUG          | log level        | *shbool* (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
-   |                |                  | indicates whether debug messages should |
-   |                |                  | be printed                              |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | VERBOSE        | log level        | *shbool*                                |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | QUIET          | log level        | *shbool* that indicates whether scripts |
-   |                |                  | should be quiet                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | NO_COLOR       | *n/a*            | *shbool*. Always set to *y* since       |
-   |                |                  | colored output should not be produced   |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | NOSYNC         | config           | *shbool* that indicates whether data    |
-   |                |                  | transfers from/to remote machines is    |
-   |                |                  | allowed (NOSYNC_)                       |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | EBUILD         | config           | the *ebuild* executable                 |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-   | GIT_EDITOR     | *n/a*            | set to */bin/false*                     |
-   +----------------+------------------+                                         |
-   | GIT_ASKPASS    | *n/a*            |                                         |
-   +----------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------+
-
-
-The default *essential shell functions* file (*$FUNCTIONS*) makes,
-when included in the hook script, most of the enviroment variables readonly.
-
-
-.. table:: variables provided by *$FUNCTIONS*
-
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | variable        | description                                           |
-   +=================+=======================================================+
-   | IFS_DEFAULT     | default *internal field separator*                    |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | IFS_NEWLINE     | *IFS* for iterating over text lines                   |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | DEVNULL         | */dev/null* target (could also be a file)             |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | EX_ERR          | default error exit code                               |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | EX_ARG_ERR      | default exit code for arg errors                      |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | SCRIPT_FILENAME | file name of the hook script                          |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | SCRIPT_NAME     | name of the hook script (without file extension)      |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-   | lf              | reference to a function that loads additional shell   |
-   |                 | function files                                        |
-   +-----------------+-------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-*$FUNCTIONS* also provides a number of shell functions:
-
-.. code-block:: sh
-
-   # --- message ---
-   #
-   # void veinfo ( message )
-   #  Prints a message to stdout if $DEBUG is set to 'y'.
-   #
-   # void einfo  ( message )
-   #  Prints a message to stdout if $VERBOSE is set to 'y'.
-   #
-   # void ewarn  ( message )
-   #  Prints a message to stderr unless $QUIET is set to 'y'.
-   #
-   # void eerror ( message )
-   #  Prints a message to stderr.
-   #
-   #
-   # --- core ---
-   #
-   # @noreturn die ( [message], [exit_code] ), raises exit()
-   #  Lets the script die with the given message/exit code.
-   #
-   # @noreturn OUT_OF_BOUNDS(), raises die()
-   #  Lets the script die due to insufficient arg count.
-   #
-   # int run_command ( *cmdv )
-   #  Logs a command and runs it afterwards.
-   #
-   # int run_command_logged ( *cmdv )
-   #  Logs a command, runs it and logs the result.
-   #
-   # void autodie ( *cmdv ), raises die()
-   #  Runs a command. Lets the script die if the command fails.
-   #
-   #
-   # void load_functions ( *filenames, **SHLIB ), raises die()
-   #  Loads additional shell functions file(s) from $SHLIB.
-   #  (Referenced by $lf.)
-   #
-   # void dont_run_as_root(), raises die()
-   #  Lets the script die if it is run as root.
-   #
-   # int list_has ( word, *list_items )
-   #  Returns 0 if $word is in the given list.
-   #
-   # int qwhich ( *command )
-   #  Returns 0 if all listed commands are found by "which".
-   #
-   #
-   # --- fs ---
-   #
-   # int dodir ( *dir )
-   #  Ensures that zero or more directories exist by creating them if
-   #  necessary. Returns the number of directories that could not be created.
-   #
-   #
-   # --- str ---
-   #
-   # int yesno ( word, **YESNO_YES=0, **YESNO_NO=1, **YESNO_EMPTY=2 )
-   #  Returns $YESNO_YES if $word means "yes", $YESNO_EMPTY if $word is empty
-   #  and $YESNO_NO otherwise (if $word probably means "no").
-   #
-   # ~int str_trim ( *args )
-   #  Removes whitespace at the beginning and end of a string and replaces
-   #  any whitespace sequence within the string with a single space char.
-   #  Passes the return value of the underlying sed command.
-   #
-   # ~int str_upper ( *args )
-   #  Echoes the uppercase variant of stdin or *args.
-   #  Passes tr's return value.
-   #
-   # ~int str_lower ( *args )
-   #  Echoes the lowercase variant of stdin or *args.
-   #  Passes tr's return value.
-   #
-   # ~int str_field ( fieldspec, *args, **FIELD_SEPARATOR=' ' )
-   #  Echoes the requested fields of stdin or *args.
-   #  Passes cut's return value.
-   #
-   #
-   # --- int ---
-   #
-   # int is_int ( word )
-   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer, else 1.
-   #
-   # int is_natural ( word )
-   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 0, else 1.
-   #
-   # int is_positive ( word )
-   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer >= 1, else 1.
-   #
-   # int is_negative ( word )
-   #  Returns 0 if $word is an integer < 0, else 1.
-   #
-
-
-+++++++++++++++++++++
- Adding a hook event
-+++++++++++++++++++++
-
-in roverlay
-
-..  code-block:: python
-
-   # import hook module
-   import roverlay.hook
-
-   # ...
-   # then:
-   roverlay.hook.run ( "<event>" )
-   # ...
-   roverlay.hook.run ( "<another event>" )
-
-
-in additions dir (assuming that mux.sh is used)
-
-..  code-block:: text
-
-   <somehow create> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/<hook>.<event>
-   <somehow create> ${ADDITIONS_DIR}/<hook>/<event>.sh


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-07-03 10:05 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-03 10:05 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     22b1e80c37192d3049f95293cedd03b30ca2c7d2
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Jun 28 17:16:32 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Jun 28 17:16:32 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=22b1e80c

doc/rst: SLOT handling (incomplete)

Draft for documentation about fuzzy slot rules.

(No doc/html commit will be created since documentation is todo.)

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 69 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------
 1 file changed, 62 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 2daedce..f3e2e18 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1160,7 +1160,8 @@ Simple Rules
 Fuzzy Rules
    Fuzzy Rules are **extended Simple Rules**. If the basic lookup
    as described above fails for a *dependency string*,
-   they will *try* to resolve it as a **version-relative match**.
+   they will *try* to resolve it as a **version-relative**,
+   **slot-relative** or **version,slot-relative match**.
 
    To do this, the *dependency string* will be split into components like
    *dependency name*, *dependency version* and useless comments, which are
@@ -1177,7 +1178,7 @@ Fuzzy Rules
       * "R 2.12" as ">=dev-lang/R-2.12"
       * "The R PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE [<2.14] from http://www.r-project.org/"
         as "<dev-lang/R-2.14"
-      * "R ( !2.10 )" as "( !=dev-lang/R-2.10 dev-lang/R )"
+      * "R ( !=2.10 )" as "( !=dev-lang/R-2.10 dev-lang/R )"
 
 
 ++++++++++++++++++++
@@ -1190,7 +1191,7 @@ See `Rule File Syntax`_ for a formal description.
 
 Example 1 - *default* fuzzy rule
    A rule that matches many dependencies on dev-lang/R, for example
-   "r 2.12", "R(>= 2.14)", "R [<2.10]", "r{  !2.12 }", and "R", and
+   "r 2.12", "R(>= 2.14)", "R [<2.10]", "r{ !=2.12 }", and "R", and
    resolves them as '>=dev-lang/R-2.12', '>=dev-lang/R-2.14',
    '<dev-lang/R-2.10', etc.:
 
@@ -1239,6 +1240,25 @@ Example 4 - *ignore* simple rule
          Will use djmrgl or rgl packages for rendering if present
       }
 
+Example 5 - fuzzy slot rule
+   A rule that matches many dependencies on sci-libs/fftw and resolves them
+   as slotted depencency:
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      ~sci-libs/fftw: :: fftw
+
+Example 6 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule
+   Similar to example 5, but this rule does not resolve anything unless the
+   calculated slot is allowed.
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:2.1,3.0: :: fftw
+
+   ..  caution::
+
+      TODO! (only integers accepted)
 
 Please see the default rule files for more extensive examples that cover
 other aspects like limiting a rule to certain dependency types.
@@ -1307,14 +1327,13 @@ Dependencies
       Dependency strings cannot start with *~* as it is a keychar.
       Use braces *( ~... )* to work around that.
 
-
 Single line rules
    resolve exactly one *dependency string*. Their rule separator is ' :: '.
 
    Syntax:
       .. code:: text
 
-         [<keychar>]<dependency> :: <dependency string>
+         [<keychar>]<dependency>[<rule options>] :: <dependency string>
 
 Multi line rules
    resolve several *dependency strings*.
@@ -1324,7 +1343,7 @@ Multi line rules
    Syntax:
       .. code-block:: text
 
-         [<keychar>]<dependency> {
+         [<keychar>]<dependency>[<rule options>] {
             <dependency string>
             [<dependency string>]
             ...
@@ -1336,6 +1355,42 @@ Multi line rules
       zero or more *dependency strings*. An empty rule makes little sense,
       though.
 
+Rule Options
+   Certain rule types accept options that control the rule's behavior.
+   For example, *default* fuzzy rules can be set up to yield slotted
+   dependencies.
+
+Fuzzy Slot Rules
+   <<TODO>>
+
+   Fuzzy Slot rules are a subtype of *default* fuzzy rules. Appending a colon
+   character ``:`` to the *dependency string* of a fuzzy rules
+   (as *rule option*) turns it into a slot rule.
+
+   Fuzzy slot rules accept even more options:
+
+   * accepted slot values can be restricted (integer range or list)
+   * *version,slot-relative* matches can be enabled (example, <<TODO>>: ``>=${CATEGORY}/${PN}-${PV}:${SLOT}${SLOT_SUFFIX-}``)
+   * a *slot suffix* can be specified (e.g. for using *Atom Slot Operators*)
+
+   ..  code-block:: text
+
+      fuzzy slot options := [:<slot restrict>]:{+<flag>}[<slot suffix>]
+      flag               := v
+      slot restrict      := <restrict range> | <restrict list>
+      restrict range     := [<number>]..[<number>]
+      restrict list      := <number>{,<number>}
+
+      # slot suffix can be any string that starts with '/', '=' or '*'
+      # number is a natural number (0..N)
+
+
+
+   ..  Note::
+
+      Fuzzy Slot rules cannot resolve "not <version>" statements, e.g.
+      "R ( != 2.14 )".
+
 Comments
    start with **#**. There are a few exceptions to that, the *#deptype* and
    *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
@@ -1380,7 +1435,7 @@ Rule Stubs
    Syntax:
       .. code:: text
 
-         [<keychar>]<short dependency>
+         [<keychar>]<short dependency>[<rule options>]
 
 
 ===============


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-07-03 10:04 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-07-03 10:05 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-03 10:05 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     1e797b7bcafc6b364190961ef74b63febe10b9e9
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Jul  3 09:57:49 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Jul  3 09:57:49 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=1e797b7b

doc/rst: SLOT handling

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 53 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------
 1 file changed, 31 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index f3e2e18..54ed6d3 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1242,11 +1242,15 @@ Example 4 - *ignore* simple rule
 
 Example 5 - fuzzy slot rule
    A rule that matches many dependencies on sci-libs/fftw and resolves them
-   as slotted depencency:
+   as slotted depencency. The ``s=<range>`` option controls which parts of the
+   version (from the dependency string) are relevant for calculating the
+   slot. The following example resolves "fftw 2.1", "fftw 2.1.2" and
+   "fftw 2.1.3" as "sci-libs/fftw:2.1", "fftw 3.0" as "sci-libs/fftw:3.0"
+   and so on:
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ~sci-libs/fftw: :: fftw
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=0..1 :: fftw
 
 Example 6 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule
    Similar to example 5, but this rule does not resolve anything unless the
@@ -1254,11 +1258,17 @@ Example 6 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ~sci-libs/fftw:2.1,3.0: :: fftw
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=0..1:restrict=2.1,3.0: :: fftw
 
-   ..  caution::
+Example 7 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule with *immediate* value
+   Example 6 is not quite correct, as sci-libs/fftw currently uses slot 3.0
+   for various versions from the 3.x range. The following rule resolves
+   "fftw 3.0", ..., "fftw 3.3" as "sci-libs/fftw:3.0":
+
+   .. code-block:: text
+
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=i3.0:restrict=3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3 :: fftw
 
-      TODO! (only integers accepted)
 
 Please see the default rule files for more extensive examples that cover
 other aspects like limiting a rule to certain dependency types.
@@ -1361,30 +1371,29 @@ Rule Options
    dependencies.
 
 Fuzzy Slot Rules
-   <<TODO>>
-
    Fuzzy Slot rules are a subtype of *default* fuzzy rules. Appending a colon
-   character ``:`` to the *dependency string* of a fuzzy rules
+   character ``:`` to the *dependency string* of a fuzzy rule
    (as *rule option*) turns it into a slot rule.
 
-   Fuzzy slot rules accept even more options:
-
-   * accepted slot values can be restricted (integer range or list)
-   * *version,slot-relative* matches can be enabled (example, <<TODO>>: ``>=${CATEGORY}/${PN}-${PV}:${SLOT}${SLOT_SUFFIX-}``)
-   * a *slot suffix* can be specified (e.g. for using *Atom Slot Operators*)
-
-   ..  code-block:: text
+   Fuzzy slot rules accept even more options, each of them separated by one
+   colong char ``:``:
 
-      fuzzy slot options := [:<slot restrict>]:{+<flag>}[<slot suffix>]
-      flag               := v
-      slot restrict      := <restrict range> | <restrict list>
-      restrict range     := [<number>]..[<number>]
-      restrict list      := <number>{,<number>}
+   * slot mode:
 
-      # slot suffix can be any string that starts with '/', '=' or '*'
-      # number is a natural number (0..N)
+     * ``default``: calculate a slot value (``<cat>/<pkg>:<SLOT>``)
+     * ``with_version`` or ``+v``: include version, too (``=<cat>/<pkg>-<pkgver>:<SLOT>``)
+     * ``open``: non-versioned slot (``<cat>/<pkg>:*`` or ``<cat>/<pkg>:=``)
 
+   * accepted *calculated* slot values can be restricted with
+     ``restrict=<list of accepted values`` or ``r=<list>``
+   * relevant slot parts can be set with ``slotparts=<selection>`` or
+     ``s=<selection>``
+   * relevant subslot parts can be set with ``subslotparts=<selection>`` or
+     ``/<selection>``
+   * slot operator can be set to ``*`` or ``=``
 
+   ``<selection>`` can be an index (integer) range
+   ``[<low>:=0]..[<high>:=<low>]`` or a fixed value ``i<value>``.
 
    ..  Note::
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-07-16 16:35 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-07-16 16:36 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-16 16:36 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     d7db304d7a087f04613cc0d62cf0d39504311f14
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jul 16 16:33:22 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jul 16 16:33:22 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=d7db304d

doc/rst: api, manifest creation

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 77 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 67 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 36fa031..df18824 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -2311,8 +2311,6 @@ CACHEDIR
 
    This option is **required**.
 
-   <<TODO: default value!>>
-
 .. _DISTFILES:
 
 DISTFILES
@@ -3206,9 +3204,63 @@ Example Session:
  Roverlay Interface
 ====================
 
-<<TODO: stub only>>
+Roverlay provides an API for accessing its functionality independently of
+R overlay creation. Only dependency resolution is available, currently.
+
+Note, however, that a minimal config file may still be required for accessing
+*roverlay interfaces*.
+
+The table below lists all interfaces and where to find them:
+
+.. table:: roverlay interfaces
+
+   +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
+   | name            | module                    | description                 |
+   +=================+===========================+=============================+
+   | RootInterface   | roverlay.interface.root   | meta interface for managing |
+   |                 |                           | other interfaces            |
+   +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
+   | MainInterface   | roverlay.interface.main   | RootInterface with delayed  |
+   |                 |                           | initialization              |
+   +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
+   | DepresInterface | roverlay.interface.depres | dependency resolution       |
+   +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
+
+
+For extending the API, roverlay provides the abstract *RoverlayInterface* and
+*RoverlaySubInterface* classes.
+
+
+------------------
+ DepRes Interface
+------------------
+
+The *DepResInterface* offers the following functionality:
+
+* rule creation
+
+  * load rules from text input, files and/or configured files (SIMPLE_RULES_FILE_)
+
+  * *compile* rules after loading them
+
+* manage dependency rule pools (container for rules)
+
+  * rule pools are kept in a stack-like data structure, which makes it easy
+    to "forget" the most recent rules (*discard_pool()* et al.)
 
-API to roverlay functionality. Currently supports dependency resolution.
+  * *visualize* pools: convert rules into text (inverse of rule creation)
+
+* easy access to the resolver via *resolve()*, *can_resolve()*
+  and *cannot_resolve()*
+
+* "low-level" access to dependency resolution, e.g. *EbuildJobChannels*, is
+  also possible
+
+
+Refer to in-code documentation on how to use this interface.
+See the dependency resolution test suite for a usage example
+(``tests.depres``, not part of the roverlay installation).
+(The depres console is also a candidate for using this interface in future.)
 
 =========================
  Implementation Overview
@@ -3401,13 +3453,18 @@ for which an ebuild has been created.
  Manifest Creation
 +++++++++++++++++++
 
-<<TODO:this section is totally out of date>>
+Two implementations for writing manifest files are available, *ebuild* and
+*next*.
+
+The *ebuild* implementation calls the ``ebuild`` executable for each package
+directory in a filtered environment where where FETCHCOMMAND and
+RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation (/bin/true on systems that support it).
 
-Manifest files are created by calling the *ebuild* executable for each
-package directory in a filtered environment where FETCHCOMMAND and
-RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation. The directories that contain the R
-package files are passed in the PORTAGE_RO_DISTDIRS variable and DISTDIR
-is set to `DISTFILES_ROOT`_/__tmp__.
+*next* is an internal implementation that uses the
+``roverlay.overlay.pkgdir.manifest`` module for creating Manifest files.
+It falls back to *ebuild* when creating Manifest entries for imported ebuilds,
+since roverlay does not support reading *SRC_URI* from ebuilds reliably (that
+would require variable interpolation, e.g. for ``${PN}``).
 
 
 -----------------


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-07-15 22:31 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-07-16 16:36 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-16 16:36 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     e09da4f72660a0e564b57c9439f9dddaaf7c9186
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Jul 15 22:31:14 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Jul 15 22:31:14 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=e09da4f7

doc/rst: selfdep validation, add TODO sections

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 128 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 100 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 54ed6d3..36fa031 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -85,11 +85,13 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
 
 * argparse (http://code.google.com/p/argparse)
 
+* setuptools (http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools)
+
 * rsync (for using rsync repositories)
 
 * for Manifest creation:
 
-  * portage (*ebuild* and/or the *portage libs* directly)
+  * portage (*ebuild*)
   * *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
     package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
 
@@ -110,7 +112,7 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
       using a slower one.
 
    time
-      Expect 3-6h execution time for the first run, depending on computing
+      Expect 1h execution time for the first run, depending on computing
       and I/O speed. *roverlay* is able to work in incremental mode,
       thus making subsequent runs need a lot less time.
 
@@ -211,6 +213,17 @@ The config file is a text file with '<option> = <value>' syntax. Some options
 accept multiple values (e.g. <option> = file1, file2), in which case the
 values have to be enclosed with quotes (-> ``<option> = "file1 file2"``).
 
+If roverlay has been installed, then ``emerge --config roverlay`` can be
+used to set up the config file as well as to create essential directories.
+It can be run multiple times in order to configure roverlay for more than
+one user.
+
+..  Important::
+
+   ``emerge --config roverlay`` will overwrite the user's config file (or
+   /etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf when configuring for root).
+
+
 The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
 
    OVERLAY_DIR
@@ -350,6 +363,10 @@ have reasonable defaults if *roverlay* has been installed using *emerge*:
 
       Example: DISTDIR_FLAT = yes
 
+   PORTDIR
+      Portage directory, which is used to scan for valid licenses.
+
+      Example: PORTDIR = /usr/portage
 
 There is another option that is useful for creating new dependency rules,
 LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE_, which will write all unresolvable dependencies
@@ -569,6 +586,9 @@ These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
     * **immediately stop** processing *p* if a *required* dependency
       cannot be resolved in which case a valid ebuild cannot be created
 
+    * verify dependencies on packages found in the overlay, whether their
+      ebuilds already exist or not (*selfdep validation*)
+
       See also: `Dependency Resolution`_
 
   * create an ebuild for *p* by using the dependency resolution results
@@ -1106,11 +1126,6 @@ Ebuilds imported that way can not be overwritten by generated ebuilds and
 benefit from most overlay creation features, e.g. Manifest file creation.
 However, they cannot be used for metadata creation.
 
-..  Important::
-
-   Importing ebuilds is only supported by the default Manifest implementation
-   (*ebuildmanifest*).
-
 
 ==================
  Dependency Rules
@@ -1314,6 +1329,15 @@ Keywords
    * *all* (no type restrictions)
    * *pkg* (resolve only R package dependencies)
    * *sys* (resolve only system dependencies)
+   * *selfdep* (subtype: dependency is part of the overlay, see selfdep below)
+
+   The dependency type can also be a comma-separated list of the listed types.
+   Actually, *all* is an abbreviated version of ``pkg,sys``.
+   Specifying *selfdep* alone does not resolve anything.
+
+   ..  Hint::
+
+      Check the *dependency type* if a newly added rule has no effect.
 
    The other keyword is *#! NOPARSE* which stops parsing of a rule file.
 
@@ -1406,16 +1430,28 @@ Comments
    will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
 
 Selfdep
-   This is another name for *dependency strings* that are resolved by an
-   R package with the same name, which is also part of the overlay being
-   created.
+   This is a classification for dependencies on packages which are also part
+   of the overlay being created. Typically, selfdeps refer to other R
+   packages, but there may be a few exceptions.
+
+   roverlay validates *selfdeps* during overlay creation, which is the most
+   significant difference to non-*selfdeps*.
+
+   Selfdep rules can be written by prefixing a single rule with ``@selfdep``
+   (in a separate text line) or by adding ``selfdep`` to the dependency rule
+   type.
+
+
+   There is a second variant of selfdeps, *true selfdeps*, which resolve
+   a *dependency string* as R package with the same name.
+
 
-   Example: *zoo* is resolved as *sci-R/zoo*, assuming that `OVERLAY_CATEGORY`_
-   is set to *sci-R*
+   Example: *zoo* is resolved as *sci-R/zoo*, assuming that
+   `OVERLAY_CATEGORY`_ is set to *sci-R*.
 
-   Writing selfdep rules is not necessary since *roverlay* automatically
-   creates rules for all known R packages (see `Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool`_
-   for details).
+   Writing such selfdep rules is not necessary since *roverlay* automatically
+   creates rules for all known R packages at runtime (see
+   `Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool`_ for details).
 
    There are a few exceptions to that in which case selfdep rules have to
    be written:
@@ -1424,15 +1460,10 @@ Selfdep
      R package). This is likely a "bug" in the DESCRIPTION file of the
      R package being processed.
 
-   * The R package name is not ebuild-name compliant (e.g. contains the '.'
-     char, which is remapped to '_'.).
-     Most *char remap* cases are handled properly, but there may be a few
-     exceptions.
-
    .. Caution::
 
-      Writing unnecessary selfdep rules slows dependency resolution down!
-      Each rule will exist twice, once as *dynamic* rule and once as
+      Writing unnecessary *true selfdep* rules slows dependency resolution
+      down! Each rule will exist twice, once as *dynamic* rule and once as
       the written one.
 
 
@@ -2524,10 +2555,12 @@ OVERLAY_KEEP_NTH_LATEST
 
 OVERLAY_MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION
    Sets the implementation that will be used for Manifest file writing.
-   Available choices are *ebuild*, *portage*, *default* and *none*.
-   Defaults to *default* (-> *ebuild*).
-   *portage* is highly experimental and therefore not recommended
-   for production usage.
+   Available choices are *ebuild*, *next*, *default* and *none*.
+   Defaults to *default* (-> *next*).
+
+   *next* is an mostly internal implementation that is considerably faster
+   than *ebuild*. *ebuild* is still used when creating Manifest files for
+   imported ebuilds.
 
    .. Note::
 
@@ -2966,6 +2999,13 @@ Known field flags:
       Declares that a field's value is a list whose values are separated by
       whitespace. Has no effect if `field flag: isList` is set.
 
+   .. _field flag\: isLicense:
+
+   isLicense
+      Declares that a field's value should be interpreted as license string.
+      This disables *allowed_value*/*allowed_values* and all other flags
+      except for *mandatory*/*optional*.
+
    .. _field flag\: mandatory:
    .. _'mandatory' field flag:
 
@@ -3162,6 +3202,14 @@ Example Session:
       cmd % exit
 
 
+====================
+ Roverlay Interface
+====================
+
+<<TODO: stub only>>
+
+API to roverlay functionality. Currently supports dependency resolution.
+
 =========================
  Implementation Overview
 =========================
@@ -3353,6 +3401,8 @@ for which an ebuild has been created.
  Manifest Creation
 +++++++++++++++++++
 
+<<TODO:this section is totally out of date>>
+
 Manifest files are created by calling the *ebuild* executable for each
 package directory in a filtered environment where FETCHCOMMAND and
 RESUMECOMMAND are set to no-operation. The directories that contain the R
@@ -3374,6 +3424,14 @@ It does the following steps:
 
 #. Call `dependency resolution`_
 
+#. If dependency resolution was successful and any *selfdeps* found
+   (dependencies on other packages): *pause* ebuild creation for *p* until
+   it has been verified whether these dependencies are satisfiable.
+   This is necessary because dependency resolution does not know whether a
+   resolved dependency is actually valid. To realize this, *roverlay* collects
+   paused ebuild creation jobs after processing all packages, performs
+   *selfdep validation* and then continues ebuild creation.
+
 #. If dependency resolution was successful, dependency ebuild variables are
    created (*DEPEND*, *RDEPEND* and *R_SUGGESTS*, also *IUSE*, *MISSINGDEPS*).
    Otherwise **ebuild creation stops** and *p* is marked as
@@ -3414,6 +3472,13 @@ afterwards. Overlay creation keeps going if an ebuild cannot be created,
 instead the event is logged. Running more than one *OverlayWorker* in parallel
 is possible.
 
+++++++++++++++++++++
+ Selfdep Validation
+++++++++++++++++++++
+
+<<TODO: specify algo here>>
+
+
 -----------------------
  Dependency Resolution
 -----------------------
@@ -3467,6 +3532,13 @@ System Dependency
    This declares that the *dependency string* could be a system dependency,
    e.g. a scientific library or a video encoder.
 
+Selfdep
+   This declares that the resolved dependency has to pass
+   *selfdep validation*. While *selfdep* usually implies *package*, these
+   types are not the same. The *package* type is applied to *dependency strings*
+   based on their origin (DESCRIPTION field), whereas *selfdep* is a property
+   of the resolving rule.
+
 Try other dependency types
    This declares that the *dependency string* can be resolved by ignoring its
    dependency type partially. This property allows to resolve package
@@ -3602,8 +3674,8 @@ R packages" to create rules.
 .. _Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool:
 
 *roverlay* uses one dynamic rule pool, the **Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool**.
-This pool contains rules for all known R packages and is able to resolve
-R package dependencies.
+This pool contains *selfdep* rules for all known R packages and is able
+to resolve R package dependencies.
 By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
 
 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-07-23 14:57 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-07-23 14:57 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-23 14:57 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     c9055b8a4cc87a7518710bd7a2ff7a1f57ad97ee
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jul 23 14:30:05 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jul 23 14:30:42 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=c9055b8a

doc/rst: "fix" example 3 in dependency rules

Due to changes in the depresolver, the old example does no longer work.

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 11 ++++-------
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index df18824..01c3411 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1230,16 +1230,13 @@ Example 2 - *default* simple rule stub
 		be resolved. See *Selfdep* in `Rule File Syntax`_ for details.
 
 Example 3 - *default* simple rule
-   A rule that matches several *dependency strings* and resolves them
-   as "sci-libs/gdal and sci-libs/proj":
+   A rule that matches a *dependency string* and resolves it
+   as "virtual/blas and virtual/lapack":
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ( sci-libs/gdal sci-libs/proj ) {
-         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 && GDAL < 1.6.0 (until tested) library and PROJ.4 (proj >= 4.4.9)
-         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 library and PROJ.4 (proj >= 4.4.9)
-         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.3.1 library and PROJ.4(proj >= 4.4.9)
-         for building from source: GDAL >= 1.6.0 library and PROJ.4(proj >= 4.4.9)
+      ( virtual/blas virtual/lapack ) {
+         BLAS/LAPACK libraries
       }
 
 Example 4 - *ignore* simple rule


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2013-07-23 18:34 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
@ 2013-07-23 18:34 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-07-23 18:34 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     1dc64039a45eb41f785f9f64a4ddbf9464e018ba
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jul 23 18:33:54 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jul 23 18:33:54 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=1dc64039

doc/rst: add hook environment changes

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 55 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 55 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 01c3411..204de09 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -542,6 +542,43 @@ to symbolic links if hard links are not supported. This should be fine in
 most cases, but fine-tuning can be done via OVERLAY_DISTDIR_STRATEGY_ and
 OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT_.
 
+------------------
+ roverlay helpers
+------------------
+
+An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
+
+*roverlay-sh*
+   a wrapper around /bin/sh that runs a shell or shell script in roverlay's
+   `hook environment`_.
+
+   roverlay-related scripts can use it to automatically inherit roverlay's
+   config and ``$FUNCTIONS`` file:
+
+   ..  code-block:: sh
+
+      #!/usr/bin/roverlay-sh
+
+      # reset DEBUG, VERBOSE, QUIET
+      DEBUG=n; QUIET=n; VERBOSE=y
+
+      # load the functions file (optional)
+      . "${FUNCTIONS?}" || exit
+
+      # script body
+      true
+
+   <<TODO: maybe there's a better place for the details>>
+
+
+*name_is_todo--roverlay_creation_helper*
+   <<TODO>>
+   Safely runs overlay creation <<and $$afterwards>>.
+   Suitable for being run as cron job.
+
+
+
+
 ===============================
  Basic Implementation Overview
 ===============================
@@ -2027,6 +2064,8 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event             | event that caused the script to run     |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | OVERLAY_NAME   | config            | name of the overlay                     |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | OVERLAY        | config            | overlay directory (`OVERLAY_DIR`_),     |
    +----------------+-------------------+ initial working directory               |
    | S              | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
@@ -2046,6 +2085,9 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
    | FILESDIR       | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*  |                                         |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | WORKDIR        | config            | directory for work data                 |
+   |                |                   | (`CACHEDIR`_)                           |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | SHLIB          | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*, | A list of directories with shell        |
    |                | *installed?*      | function files                          |
    |                |                   | (optional, only set if any dir exists)  |
@@ -2053,6 +2095,19 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    | FUNCTIONS      | *$ADDITIONS_DIR*, | file with essential shell functions     |
    |                | *installed?*      | (optional, only set if it exists)       |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | DATADIR        | *installed?*      | location of installed data files        |
+   |                |                   | (directory, usually                     |
+   |                |                   | */usr/share/roverlay*)                  |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ROVERLAY\      | sys.argv          | path to the roverlay executable that    |
+   | _HELPER_EXE    |                   | created the hook environment            |
+   |                |                   | (usually */usr/bin/roverlay* or         |
+   |                |                   | */usr/bin/roverlay-sh*)                 |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ROVERLAY_EXE   | guessed,          | guessed path to the roverlay "main"     |
+   |                | *$ROVERLAY\       | executable (which creates the overlay)  |
+   |                | _HELPER_EXE*      |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | DEBUG          | log level         | *shbool* (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
    |                |                   | indicates whether debug messages should |
    |                |                   | be printed                              |


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-01 17:14 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-01 17:14 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     fbf04e6b3afb7909cded6b5700513fd80ef0e5ed
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Thu Aug  1 17:11:05 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Thu Aug  1 17:11:05 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=fbf04e6b

doc/rst, package rules: else-action block

Other changes included in this commit:

* --no-revbump, --dump-stats cmdline options
* hook environment: $STATS_DB
* hook event table
* field definition file: update joinValues description + [License] field
* Dependency Resolution: is a subsection of Roverlay Console now,
  TODO notes added
* added doc stub for RemoteInterface

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 194 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 153 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 204de09..68b8e40 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -439,6 +439,9 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
 --no-incremental
    Force recreation of existing ebuilds
 
+--no-revbump
+   Disable revbump checks in incremental overlay creation mode
+
 --immediate-ebuild-writes
    Immediately write ebuilds when they are ready.
 
@@ -481,6 +484,9 @@ For **testing** *roverlay*, these **options** may be convenient:
 --no-write
 	Disable overlay writing
 
+--dump-stats
+   Print all stats
+
 --show
 	Print all ebuilds and metadata to console
 
@@ -1520,7 +1526,7 @@ Package Rules can be used to control both overlay and ebuild creation.
 Each package rule consists of conditions, e.g. *package name contains amd64*,
 and actions, e.g. *set KEYWORDS="-x86 amd64"*.
 The actions of a rule will only be applied if a package meets all conditions,
-otherwise the rule does nothing.
+otherwise the rule applies alternative actions (if defined) or does nothing.
 Moreover, rules can contain further rules which will only take effect if all
 enclosing rules match a given package.
 
@@ -1531,11 +1537,14 @@ enclosing rules match a given package.
 As stated above, each rule has two parts, a *match block* that lists the
 rule's conditions and an *action block* that defines which actions and
 nested rules are applied to a package if the rule matches it, i.e. if all
-conditions are met.
+conditions are met. A rule can also contain an *alternative action block*
+whose actions are applied to a package if the rule does not match it.
 
 A rule file contains zero or more package rules.
-Each rule has to declare one *match* and one *action statement* at least.
-The basic syntax for a rule with 1..m *match* and 1..n *action statements* is
+Each rule has to declare one *match* and one
+*[alternative] action statement* at least.
+The basic syntax for a rule with 1..m *match*, 1..n *action statements* and
+1..k *alternative action statements* is
 
 .. code::
 
@@ -1549,6 +1558,11 @@ The basic syntax for a rule with 1..m *match* and 1..n *action statements* is
       <action statement 2>
       ...
       <action statement n>
+   ELSE:
+      <alternative action statement 1>
+      <alternative action statement 2>
+      ...
+      <alternative action statement k>
    END;
 
 
@@ -1556,7 +1570,9 @@ A rule is introduced by the ``MATCH:`` keyword, which starts the
 *match block* and is followed by one or more *match statements*, one per line.
 The *match block* ends with the ``ACTION:`` keyword, which also starts the
 *action block* and is followed by one or more *action statements*
-(again, one per line). Finally, the rule is terminated by the ``END;`` keyword.
+(again, one per line). The *alternative action block* introduced by the
+``ELSE:`` keyword is optional and lists *action statements*.
+Finally, the rule is terminated by the ``END;`` keyword.
 
 Indention is purely optional, leading and ending whitespace will be discarded.
 Lines starting with ``#`` or ``;`` are considered to be comments and will be
@@ -1774,7 +1790,7 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
    | trace          | package rules    | none        | mark a package as      |
    |                |                  |             | modified               |
-   +                +                  +-------------+------------------------+
+   |                |                  +-------------+------------------------+
    |                |                  | 1           | add the stored string  |
    |                |                  |             | to a package's         |
    |                |                  |             | *modified* variable    |
@@ -1791,6 +1807,10 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
    |                |                  |             | *s/expr/repl/*         |
    |                |                  |             | statements             |
    +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | null           | *n/a*            | none        | does nothing           |
+   +----------------+                  |             | (can be used for       |
+   | pass           |                  |             | readability)           |
+   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
 
 The two-arg form of the set/rename keywords expect a <key> as first and
 a value / sed expression as second arg. The one-arg form expects the latter
@@ -1851,6 +1871,19 @@ is exactly the same as for the normal package rules:
       END;
       # top-level rule, action block continues
       ...
+   ELSE:
+      # top-level rule, alternative action block
+      ...
+      MATCH:
+         # (alternative) nested rule, match block
+         ...
+      ACTION:
+         # (alternative) nested rule, action block
+         ...
+      ELSE:
+         # (alternative) nested rule, alternative action block
+         ...
+      END;
    END;
 
 Rules can be nested indefinitely, whitespace indention is optional.
@@ -1863,15 +1896,21 @@ checks necessary for a given package.
 +++++++++++++++++++++++
 
 A rule that ignores the 'yaqcaffy' package from CRAN, which is also available
-from BIOC:
+from BIOC. Additionally, it sets the category for all non-ignored packages
+from CRAN to sci-CRAN:
 
 .. code::
 
    MATCH:
-      repo         == CRAN
-      package_name == yaqcaffy
+      repo CRAN
    ACTION:
-      do-not-process
+      MATCH:
+         package_name == yaqcaffy
+      ACTION:
+         do-not-process
+      ELSE:
+         set category sci-CRAN
+      END;
    END;
 
 
@@ -1886,11 +1925,12 @@ if the package is from BIOC/experiment, and otherwise to ``-x86 amd64``:
       * package_name ~ x86_64
       * package_name ~ amd64
    ACTION:
-      keywords "-x86 amd64"
       MATCH:
          repo == BIOC/experiment
       ACTION:
          keywords "-x86 ~amd64"
+      ELSE:
+         keywords "-x86 amd64"
       END;
    END;
 
@@ -1935,6 +1975,15 @@ Moving such packages to a "R-package" sub directory would be possible, too:
    END;
 
 
+..  Hint::
+
+   ``roverlay [--nosync] [--dump-file <file>] apply_rules`` can be used to
+   test rules. It applies the rules to all packages without running overlay
+   creation. Furthermore, ``roverlay --ppr`` parses the package rules,
+   prints them and exits afterwards.
+
+
+
 =============
  Event Hooks
 =============
@@ -2108,6 +2157,9 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    |                | *$ROVERLAY\       | executable (which creates the overlay)  |
    |                | _HELPER_EXE*      |                                         |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | STATS_DB       | config            | stats database file                     |
+   |                |                   | (optional, only set if configured)      |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | DEBUG          | log level         | *shbool* (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
    |                |                   | indicates whether debug messages should |
    |                |                   | be printed                              |
@@ -2281,6 +2333,23 @@ The template below illustrates how to write function files:
 
 Shell function files should be put into ``<ADDITIONS_DIR>/shlib``.
 
+------------------
+ Hook event table
+------------------
+
+The following table lists all known events:
+
+..  table::
+
+   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | name              | conditional | description                            |
+   +===================+=============+========================================+
+   | overlay_success   | yes         | overlay creation succeeded             |
+   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | db_written        | yes         | stats database file written            |
+   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+
+
 ---------------------
  Adding a hook event
 ---------------------
@@ -3033,9 +3102,9 @@ Known field flags:
 
    joinValues
       Declares that a field's value is one string even if it spans over
-      multiple lines.
-      The lines will be joined with a single space character ' '.
-      The default behavior is to merge lines.
+      multiple lines. The lines will be joined with a single space
+      character ' '. The default behavior is to merge lines.
+      This flag can be used in conjunction with any "is list" flag.
 
    .. _field flag\: isList:
 
@@ -3120,19 +3189,42 @@ This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
    alias_nocase   = OS_TYPE
    allowed_values = unix
 
+   [License]
+   alias_nocase = License, Licence, Lisence
+   isLicense
+
+
+.. _Roverlay Console:
+
+==================
+ Roverlay Console
+==================
+
+<<section is TODO>>
+
+<<links to depres console chapter may need to be fixed>>
+
+<<basic commands, table>>
+
+<<note regarding python -OO and missing help texts>>
 
 
 .. _DepRes Console:
 
-===============================
+-------------------------------
  Dependency Resolution Console
-===============================
+-------------------------------
+
+..  Warning::
+
+   This section is out-of-date.
+
 
 As previously stated, the *DepRes Console* is only meant for **testing**.
 It is an interactive console with the following features:
 
 * resolve dependencies
-* create new dependency rules (**only single line rules**)
+* create new dependency rules
 * create dependency rules for each R package found in a directory
 * load rules from files
 * save rules to a file
@@ -3146,14 +3238,13 @@ lists all available commands and a few usage hints.
 
 For reference, these commands are currently available:
 
+<<TODO: rewrite/update command table, it's out-of-date>>
+
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | command             | description                                        |
 +=====================+====================================================+
 | help,               | lists all commands                                 |
-| h                   |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| help --list,        | lists all help topics for which help is available  |
-| h --list            |                                                    |
+| h, ?                |                                                    |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | help *<cmd>*,       | prints a command-specific help message             |
 | h *<cmd>*           |                                                    |
@@ -3164,46 +3255,58 @@ For reference, these commands are currently available:
 | load_conf,          | loads the rule files listed in the config file     |
 | lc                  | into a new *rule pool*                             |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| addrule *<rule>*    | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
+| add_rule *<rule>*   | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
 | + *<rule>*          | i.e. latest *rule pool*. This command uses         |
-|                     | `Rule File Syntax`_, but multi line rules are      |
-|                     | not supported.                                     |
+|                     | `Rule File Syntax`_. Multi line rules are          |
+|                     | supported.                                         |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | add_pool,           | creates a new *rule pool*                          |
 | <<                  |                                                    |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| unwind,             | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
+| unwind_pool,        | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
 | >>                  | rules                                              |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | resolve *<dep>*,    | tries to resolve the given dependency string and   |
-| ? *<dep>*           | prints the result                                  |
+| ?? *<dep>*          | prints the result                                  |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| !                   | enter the resolve *command chroot*                 |
+|                     | all input will be prefixed with "resolve"          |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| !!                  | leave any *command chroot*                         |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | print, p            | prints the rules of the topmost *rule pool*        |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print all, p all    | prints the rules of all *rule pools*               |
+| print --all|-a      | prints the rules of all *rule pools*               |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| print <id> [<id>..] | prints the rules of a specific *rule pool*         |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | write *<file>*,     | writes the rules of the topmost *rule pool* into   |
-| w *<file>*          | *<file>*                                           |
+| w *<file>*          | *<file>*. See write --help for advanced usage.     |
++---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+| cd *<dir>*          | changes the working directory                      |
+|                     | This is a virtual command. <<TODO:EXPLAIN>>        |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| cd *<dir>*          | changes the working directory, also creates it if  |
-|                     | necessary                                          |
+| set VAR=VALUE       | set variables                                      |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| scandir *<dir>*,    | creates dependency rules for each R package found  |
-| sd *<dir>*          | in *<dir>*                                         |
+| unset VAR           | unset variables                                    |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| set, unset          | prints the status of currently (in)active modes    |
+| declare             | show declared variables                            |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| set *<mode>*,       | sets or unsets *<mode>*. There is only one mode to |
-| unset *<mode>*      | control, the *shlex mode* which controls how       |
-|                     | command arguments are parsed                       |
+| alias               | show command aliases                               |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| mkhelp              | verifies that each accessible command has a help   |
-|                     | message                                            |
+| unalias             | reserved for future usage                          |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 | exit, qq, q         | exits the *DepRes Console*                         |
 +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
 
+.. Note::
+
+   Some commands also offer more detailed help via ``<command> --help``.
+
 
+<<TODO>>
+
+<<Example Session is out-of-date>>
 
 Example Session:
    .. code-block::
@@ -3277,6 +3380,8 @@ The table below lists all interfaces and where to find them:
    +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
    | DepresInterface | roverlay.interface.depres | dependency resolution       |
    +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
+   | RemoteInterface | roverlay.interface.remote | remote interaction (sync)   |
+   +-----------------+---------------------------+-----------------------------+
 
 
 For extending the API, roverlay provides the abstract *RoverlayInterface* and
@@ -3310,9 +3415,16 @@ The *DepResInterface* offers the following functionality:
 
 
 Refer to in-code documentation on how to use this interface.
-See the dependency resolution test suite for a usage example
-(``tests.depres``, not part of the roverlay installation).
-(The depres console is also a candidate for using this interface in future.)
+See the dependency resolution test suite (``tests.depres``, not part of the
+roverlay installation) and the dependency resolution console
+for usage examples.
+
+------------------
+ Remote Interface
+------------------
+
+<<TODO; this interface isn't mature enough yet (it will likely change in future)>>
+
 
 =========================
  Implementation Overview


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-02 14:30 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-02 14:30 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     da72a7ccfbf7b54d11ed50e554cd92dd8430f787
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug  2 14:27:53 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug  2 14:27:53 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=da72a7cc

doc/rst: hook env, OVERLAY_MASTERS config option

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 38 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 68b8e40..dab9b8c 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -2113,13 +2113,20 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event             | event that caused the script to run     |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | HAS_CHANGES    | *internal*        | a shbool (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
+   |                |                   | indicates whether the overlay has       |
+   |                |                   | any changes                             |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | OVERLAY_NAME   | config            | name of the overlay                     |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | OVERLAY        | config            | overlay directory (`OVERLAY_DIR`_),     |
-   +----------------+-------------------+ initial working directory               |
-   | S              | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
    +----------------+-------------------+                                         |
-   | PWD            | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
+   | S              | *$OVERLAY*        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | PWD            | *$OVERLAY*        | initial working directory               |
+   |                | *$ROVERLAY_PHASE* |                                         |
+   |                |                   | depends on $ROVERLAY_PHASE (usually set |
+   |                |                   | to $OVERLAY or left unchanged)          |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | DISTROOT       | config            | package mirror directory                |
    |                |                   | (`OVERLAY_DISTDIR_ROOT`_)               |
@@ -2337,17 +2344,19 @@ Shell function files should be put into ``<ADDITIONS_DIR>/shlib``.
  Hook event table
 ------------------
 
-The following table lists all known events:
+The following table lists all known events (``ROVERLAY_PHASE``):
 
 ..  table::
 
-   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
-   | name              | conditional | description                            |
-   +===================+=============+========================================+
-   | overlay_success   | yes         | overlay creation succeeded             |
-   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
-   | db_written        | yes         | stats database file written            |
-   +-------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   +-------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+
+   | name              | initial working directory | description                  |
+   +===================+===========================+==============================+
+   | overlay_success   | *$OVERLAY*                | overlay creation succeeded   |
+   +-------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+
+   | db_written        | *$OVERLAY*                | stats database file written  |
+   +-------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+
+   | user              | unchanged                 | user-triggered event         |
+   +-------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+
 
 
 ---------------------
@@ -2688,6 +2697,13 @@ OVERLAY_MANIFEST_IMPLEMENTATION
       Use the '--no-manifest' command line option to disable manifest
       writing.
 
+.. _OVERLAY_MASTERS:
+
+OVERLAY_MASTERS
+   A list of repo names that are used as 'masters' attribute when generating
+   ``<overlay>/metadata/layout.conf``.
+
+   Defaults to "gentoo".
 
 .. _OVERLAY_NAME:
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-06 16:02 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-06 16:02 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     df165f4d6cd457b40d85c2594981505b3454467d
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Aug  6 15:56:19 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Aug  6 15:56:19 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=df165f4d

doc/rst: new console, selfdep validation, misc

* rewritten console section (generic + depres console)
* implementation overview: more detailed overlay creation doc,
                           selfdep validation
* config referene: license map options
* api reference: a few notes about the RemoteInterface

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 481 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 348 insertions(+), 133 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index dab9b8c..2da8dd0 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -559,23 +559,21 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
    `hook environment`_.
 
    roverlay-related scripts can use it to automatically inherit roverlay's
-   config and ``$FUNCTIONS`` file:
+   config and get access to its ``$FUNCTIONS`` file:
 
    ..  code-block:: sh
 
       #!/usr/bin/roverlay-sh
 
-      # reset DEBUG, VERBOSE, QUIET
-      DEBUG=n; QUIET=n; VERBOSE=y
-
       # load the functions file (optional)
       . "${FUNCTIONS?}" || exit
 
       # script body
       true
 
-   <<TODO: maybe there's a better place for the details>>
 
+*roverlay-mkconfig*
+   a script that creates a config file for roverlay
 
 *name_is_todo--roverlay_creation_helper*
    <<TODO>>
@@ -953,7 +951,9 @@ Examples:
 This is your best bet if the remote is a repository but does not offer rsync
 access. Basic digest verification is supported (MD5). The remote has to have
 a package list file, typically named *PACKAGES*,
-with a special syntax (debian control file syntax).
+with a special syntax (debian control file syntax). Syncing is retried up to
+3 times, for example if a connection timeout occurs or a remote file
+disappears after reading the package list file.
 
 A package list example,
 excerpt from `omegahat's PACKAGES file`_ (as of Aug 2012):
@@ -1098,9 +1098,6 @@ The *additions directory* is a directory with overlay-like structure that
 contains extra files for overlay creation. Currently, ebuild patches and
 ebuild files are supported.
 
-To give an idea of how this directory could
-
-
 
 ------------------
  Patching ebuilds
@@ -1158,17 +1155,16 @@ Foreign ebuilds can be imported into the overlay by simple putting them into
 the additions directory.
 
 The naming convention is similar to ebuild patches and identical to the
-portage tree:
-
-..  code::
+portage tree, ``${CATEGORY}/${PN}/${PF}.ebuild``.
 
-   ${CATEGORY}/${PN}/${PF}.ebuild
-
-
-Ebuilds imported that way can not be overwritten by generated ebuilds and
+Ebuilds imported that way cannot be overwritten by generated ebuilds and
 benefit from most overlay creation features, e.g. Manifest file creation.
 However, they cannot be used for metadata creation.
 
+The ``${CATEGORY}/${PN}/metadata.xml`` file will be imported if it exists and
+if ``${PN}`` in the overlay (a) has no metadata.xml file or (b) has no
+generated ebuilds (only imports).
+
 
 ==================
  Dependency Rules
@@ -1469,6 +1465,10 @@ Comments
    *#! NOPARSE* keywords. Comments inside rule blocks are not allowed and
    will be read as normal *dependency strings*.
 
+
+.. _SELFDEP:
+.. _SELFDEPS:
+
 Selfdep
    This is a classification for dependencies on packages which are also part
    of the overlay being created. Typically, selfdeps refer to other R
@@ -2486,6 +2486,13 @@ RSYNC_BWLIMIT
 
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables bandwidth limitation.
 
+.. _PORTDIR:
+
+PORTDIR
+   Path to the portage tree. This option is **recommended**, but not always
+   required.
+
+   Defaults to "/usr/portage".
 
 
 -----------------
@@ -2979,6 +2986,47 @@ LOG_FILE_ROTATE_COUNT
 
    Defaults to *3* and has no effect if LOG_FILE_ROTATE_ is disabled.
 
+
+---------------------
+ license map options
+---------------------
+
+.. _CREATE_LICENSE_FILE:
+
+CREATE_LICENSE_FILE
+   Alias to CREATE_LICENSES_FILE_.
+
+.. _CREATE_LICENSES_FILE:
+
+CREATE_LICENSES_FILE
+   Create the CACHEDIR_/license file after scanning PORTDIR_/licenses for
+   licenses. This file can serve as fallback if PORTDIR_ is not available
+   or if USE_PORTAGE_LICENSES_ is set to *no*.
+
+   Defaults to *yes*.
+
+.. _LICENSE_MAP:
+
+LICENSE_MAP
+   Path to the license map file, which is used to translate license strings
+   into valid licenses (accepted by portage). Its syntax is similar to
+   dependency rules.
+
+   This option is **not required**, but recommended if the
+   `field definition config`_ file contains a field with the *isLicense* flag.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>.
+
+.. _USE_PORTAGE_LICENSES:
+
+USE_PORTAGE_LICENSES
+   A *bool* that controls whether PORTDIR_/licenses should be scanned for
+   licenses. As fallback, or if this option is set to *no*, the
+   CACHEDIR_/license file is read.
+
+   Defaults to *yes*.
+
+
 --------------------------------------------------------------------
  options for debugging, manual dependency rule creation and testing
 --------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3216,13 +3264,72 @@ This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
  Roverlay Console
 ==================
 
-<<section is TODO>>
+roverlay provides an interactive console for accessing certain subsystems,
+e.g. dependency resolution. Its features include tab completion for filesystem
+paths and a command history that supports navigation with the arrow keys.
+
+The console also implements a subset of typical tools like ``cat``, which
+behave similar but not identical to their counterparts.
+
+See the following sections for how to run specific consoles.
+
+
+The following table lists all basic commands, which are available in all
+roverlay consoles. Some commands have more detailed help messages, which are
+printed when running ``<cmd> --help``.
+
+
+.. table:: basic console commands (subsystem-independent)
+
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | command             | extended | description                                        |
+   |                     | --help   |                                                    |
+   +=====================+==========+====================================================+
+   | exit, quit, q, qq   | no       | exit                                               |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | help, ?             | no       | print help message (list known commands)           |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | help *cmd*          | no       | show command-specific help message                 |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | alias               | no       | show command aliases                               |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | unalias             | no       | unset command aliases (*not implemented*)          |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | cat                 | **yes**  | read files and print them (supports compressed     |
+   |                     |          | files)                                             |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | cd                  | no       | change working directory                           |
+   |                     |          |                                                    |
+   |                     |          | Actually, this does not change the working         |
+   |                     |          | directory. It simply sets the prefix which is used |
+   |                     |          | when dealing with relative filesystem paths.       |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | chroot              | no       | enter/leave/show command chroot                    |
+   |                     |          |                                                    |
+   |                     |          | A command chroot prefixes all input with a         |
+   |                     |          | specific command.                                  |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | declare             | no       | show variables                                     |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | echo                | no       | print text (supports python string formatting)     |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | exec                | no       | switch to another subsystem (*not implemented*)    |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | history             | no       | show command history                               |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | ls                  | no       | print directory content                            |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | pwd                 | no       | print current working directory                    |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | set                 | no       | set variables                                      |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | unset               | no       | unset variables                                    |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
 
-<<links to depres console chapter may need to be fixed>>
 
-<<basic commands, table>>
+..  Note::
 
-<<note regarding python -OO and missing help texts>>
+   Running the console with ``python -OO`` removes most of the help messages.
 
 
 .. _DepRes Console:
@@ -3231,144 +3338,133 @@ This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
  Dependency Resolution Console
 -------------------------------
 
-..  Warning::
-
-   This section is out-of-date.
-
-
 As previously stated, the *DepRes Console* is only meant for **testing**.
 It is an interactive console with the following features:
 
 * resolve dependencies
 * create new dependency rules
-* create dependency rules for each R package found in a directory
 * load rules from files
 * save rules to a file
 
 Rules are managed in a set. These so-called *rule pools* are organized in
-a *first-in-first-out* data structure that allows
-to create or remove them easily at runtime.
-
-Running ``roverlay depres_console`` will print a welcome message that
-lists all available commands and a few usage hints.
-
-For reference, these commands are currently available:
-
-<<TODO: rewrite/update command table, it's out-of-date>>
-
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| command             | description                                        |
-+=====================+====================================================+
-| help,               | lists all commands                                 |
-| h, ?                |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| help *<cmd>*,       | prints a command-specific help message             |
-| h *<cmd>*           |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| load *<file|dir>*,  | loads a rule file or a directory with rule files   |
-| l *<file|dir>*      | into a new *rule pool*                             |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| load_conf,          | loads the rule files listed in the config file     |
-| lc                  | into a new *rule pool*                             |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| add_rule *<rule>*   | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
-| + *<rule>*          | i.e. latest *rule pool*. This command uses         |
-|                     | `Rule File Syntax`_. Multi line rules are          |
-|                     | supported.                                         |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| add_pool,           | creates a new *rule pool*                          |
-| <<                  |                                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| unwind_pool,        | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
-| >>                  | rules                                              |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| resolve *<dep>*,    | tries to resolve the given dependency string and   |
-| ?? *<dep>*          | prints the result                                  |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| !                   | enter the resolve *command chroot*                 |
-|                     | all input will be prefixed with "resolve"          |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| !!                  | leave any *command chroot*                         |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print, p            | prints the rules of the topmost *rule pool*        |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print --all|-a      | prints the rules of all *rule pools*               |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| print <id> [<id>..] | prints the rules of a specific *rule pool*         |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| write *<file>*,     | writes the rules of the topmost *rule pool* into   |
-| w *<file>*          | *<file>*. See write --help for advanced usage.     |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| cd *<dir>*          | changes the working directory                      |
-|                     | This is a virtual command. <<TODO:EXPLAIN>>        |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| set VAR=VALUE       | set variables                                      |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| unset VAR           | unset variables                                    |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| declare             | show declared variables                            |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| alias               | show command aliases                               |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| unalias             | reserved for future usage                          |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
-| exit, qq, q         | exits the *DepRes Console*                         |
-+---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+a *first-in-first-out* data structure that allows to create or remove
+them easily at runtime.
+
+Running ``roverlay depres_console`` prints a short welcome message and starts
+the console.
+
+For reference, these commands are available (in addition to the basic ones):
+
+..  table:: depres commands
+
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | command             | extended | description                                        |
+   |                     | --help   |                                                    |
+   +=====================+==========+====================================================+
+   | add_pool, <<        | no       | creates a new, empty *rule pool*                   |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | add_rule, +         | no       | creates a new rule and adds it to the topmost,     |
+   |                     |          | i.e. latest *rule pool*. This command uses         |
+   |                     |          | `Rule File Syntax`_. Multi line rules are          |
+   |                     |          | supported.                                         |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | load, l             | yes      | load rule files                                    |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | load_conf, lc       | no       | load configured rule files                         |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | print_pool, print,  | yes      | print one or more *rule pools*                     |
+   | p                   |          |                                                    |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | resolve, ??         | no       | tries to resolve the given dependency string and   |
+   |                     |          | prints the result                                  |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | unwind_pool, >>     | yes      | removes the topmost *rule pool* and all of its     |
+   |                     |          | rules                                              |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | write, w            | yes      | writes rules to a file                             |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | !                   | no       | enter the *resolve command chroot*, which prefixes |
+   |                     |          | all input with *resolve*                           |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | !!                  | no       | leave any *command chroot*                         |
+   +---------------------+----------+----------------------------------------------------+
 
-.. Note::
-
-   Some commands also offer more detailed help via ``<command> --help``.
 
+Example Session:
+   .. code-block::
 
-<<TODO>>
+      [roverlay depres_console]
 
-<<Example Session is out-of-date>>
+      == dependency resolution console (r2) ==
+      Run 'help' to list all known commands.
+      More specifically, 'help <cmd>' prints a help message for
+      the given command, and 'help --list' lists all help topics.
+      Use 'load_conf' or 'lc' to load the configured rule files.
 
-Example Session:
-   .. code-block::
+      cmd % help
 
-      == depres console ==
-      Run 'help' to list all known commands
-      More specifically, 'help <cmd>' prints a help message for the given
-      command, and 'help --list' lists all help topics available
-      Use 'load_conf' or 'lc' to load the configured rule files
+      Documented commands (type help <topic>):
+      ========================================
+      EOF       cat      echo  history    print       qq       unalias
+      add_pool  cd       exec  load       print_pool  quit     unset
+      add_rule  chroot   exit  load_conf  pwd         resolve  unwind_pool
+      alias     declare  help  ls         q           set      write
 
-      commands: load, unwind, set, help, >>, load_conf, <<, cd, mkhelp,
-      resolve, lc, add_pool, addrule, h, +, l, li, write, p, r, ?, w, print,
-      sd, unset, scandir
-      exit-commands: q, qq, exit
+      cmd % <tab><tab>
+      EOF          chroot       history      pwd          unalias
+      add_pool     declare      load         q            unset
+      add_rule     echo         load_conf    qq           unwind_pool
+      alias        exec         ls           quit         write
+      cat          exit         print        resolve
+      cd           help         print_pool   set
 
       cmd % + ~dev-lang/R :: R language
-      new rules:
+
+      cmd % print --help
+      usage: print_pool [-h] [--all] [<id> [<id> ...]]
+
+      positional arguments:
+        <id>        print specific pools (by id)
+
+      optional arguments:
+        -h, --help  show this help message and exit
+        --all, -a   print all pools
+
+      cmd % print -a
       ~dev-lang/R :: R language
-      --- ---
-      command succeeded.
 
-      cmd % ? R language
-      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
-      Resolved as: ('dev-lang/R',)
+      cmd % !
+
+      (resolve) % R language
+      'R language' has been resolved as dev-lang/R.
+
+      (resolve) % R language [ 2.15 ]
+      'R language [ 2.15 ]' has been resolved as >=dev-lang/R-2.15.
 
-      cmd % ? R language [ 2.15 ]
-      Trying to resolve ('R language [ 2.15 ]',).
-      Resolved as: ('>=dev-lang/R-2.15',)
+      (resolve) % R
+      'R' could not be resolved.
 
-      cmd % ? R
-      Trying to resolve ('R',).
-      Channel returned None. At least one dep could not be resolved.
+      (resolve) % !!
 
       cmd % p
       ~dev-lang/R :: R language
 
       cmd % >>
-      Pool removed from resolver.
+      pool has been removed.
+
+      cmd % >>
+      resolver has no pools.
 
       cmd % p
 
-      cmd % ? R language
-      Trying to resolve ('R language',).
-      Channel returned None. At least one dep could not be resolved.
 
-      cmd % exit
+      cmd % ?? R language
+      'R language' could not be resolved.
+
+      cmd % set PS1=#!
+
+      #! exit
+
 
 
 ====================
@@ -3376,7 +3472,7 @@ Example Session:
 ====================
 
 Roverlay provides an API for accessing its functionality independently of
-R overlay creation. Only dependency resolution is available, currently.
+R overlay creation.
 
 Note, however, that a minimal config file may still be required for accessing
 *roverlay interfaces*.
@@ -3439,7 +3535,16 @@ for usage examples.
  Remote Interface
 ------------------
 
-<<TODO; this interface isn't mature enough yet (it will likely change in future)>>
+The *RemoteInterface* is experimental/incomplete and currently offers the
+following functionality:
+
+* set sync mode to online/offline
+* sync/nosync
+* load repo config
+* list repos
+* list repo packages
+
+Refer to in-code documentation for details.
 
 
 =========================
@@ -3654,14 +3759,14 @@ would require variable interpolation, e.g. for ``${PN}``).
 Ebuild creation is the process centered around one *PackageInfo* instance *p*
 that tries to create an ebuild for it.
 
-It does the following steps:
+An *EbuildCreationJob* does the following steps:
 
 #. Read the DESCRIPTION file of *p* R package tarball and stores the
    data in an associative array ('DESCRIPTION field' -> 'data')
 
 #. Call `dependency resolution`_
 
-#. If dependency resolution was successful and any *selfdeps* found
+#. If dependency resolution was successful and any selfdeps_ found
    (dependencies on other packages): *pause* ebuild creation for *p* until
    it has been verified whether these dependencies are satisfiable.
    This is necessary because dependency resolution does not know whether a
@@ -3709,11 +3814,116 @@ afterwards. Overlay creation keeps going if an ebuild cannot be created,
 instead the event is logged. Running more than one *OverlayWorker* in parallel
 is possible.
 
+The following pseudo-code illustrates how overlay creation basically works:
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   ACCEPT_PACKAGES:
+
+   for each received PackageInfo <p>
+
+      create an EbuildCreationJob for p and add it to the work queue
+
+   end for
+
+
+
+   CREATE_OVERLAY:
+
+   while work_queue is not empty
+
+      work_queue_next <= empty
+
+
+      in parallel with N OverlayWorkers (>=0 threads):
+
+         for each EbuildCreationJob ebuild_job from the work_queue
+
+            run/resume ebuild_job (as described in Ebuild Creation)
+
+            if ebuild_job is paused
+
+               add ebuild_job to work_queue_next
+
+            end if
+
+         end for
+
+      end in parallel
+
+
+      if work_queue_next is not empty
+
+         <run selfdep validation>
+
+         work_queue <= work_queue_next
+
+      end if
+
+   end while
+
+
 ++++++++++++++++++++
  Selfdep Validation
 ++++++++++++++++++++
 
-<<TODO: specify algo here>>
+EbuildCreationJobs are processed in no specific order and possibly
+concurrently. This leads to the problem that dependency resolution cannot
+know whether a successfully resolved selfdep_ is actually satisfiable.
+
+For example, if a package *A* depends on another package *B* and *B* is
+uncreatable (ebuild creation *will* fail for *B*), then dependency resolution
+still resolves *B* (e.g. as sci-R/B). *A* has a **dangling selfdep** now.
+
+*Selfdep validation* is the process of **identifying** *dangling selfdeps* and
+**removing** packages with such dependencies or simply **dropping**
+the dependencies, depending on their `dependency type`_.
+
+It is an algorithm with 3 phases:
+
+#. **prepare**: create a graph containing all selfdeps
+
+   * **collect**: find ebuild creation jobs with selfdeps (*direct* selfdeps)
+
+   * **link**: expand the selfdep graph, find selfdep-selfdep dependencies
+     (*indirect* selfdeps)
+
+#. **reduce**: find *dangling selfdeps* and mark them as invalid
+
+   * a selfdep is *dangling* iff the overlay contains no suitable
+     *PackageInfo* with valid selfdeps
+
+   * **repeat this step** until no more *dangling selfdeps* found
+
+#. **balance**: find ebuild creation jobs with invalid selfdeps (*inversed collect*)
+
+   * drop optional dependencies
+   * let ebuild creation fail if a mandatory selfdep is not valid
+
+
+The actual implementation in *roverlay* is spread across several modules:
+
+..  table:: modules/packages involved in selfdep validation
+
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+   | module/package                | phase(s) / description                   |
+   +===============================+==========================================+
+   | roverlay.overlay.creator      | **all** (controls selfdep validation),   |
+   |                               | especially *collect* and                 |
+   |                               | *reduction loop*                         |
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+   | roverlay.ebuild.creation      | **prepare** (*collect*),                 |
+   | roverlay.ebuild.depres        | **balance** (*drop dependencies*,        |
+   |                               | *ebuild creation failure*)               |
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+   | roverlay.overlay.root         | **prepare** (*link*),                    |
+   | roverlay.overlay.category     | **balance** (*remove packages*)          |
+   | roverlay.overlay.pkgdir       |                                          |
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+   | roverlay.depres.depresult     | **all** (selfdep data object)            |
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
+   | roverlay.packageinfo          | **all** (package data object),           |
+   +-------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
 
 
 -----------------------
@@ -3747,6 +3957,9 @@ From the ebuild creation perspective, dependency resolution works like this:
 Details about dependency resolution like how *channels* work can be found
 in the following subsections.
 
+
+.. _DEPENDENCY TYPE:
+
 ++++++++++++++++++
  Dependency types
 ++++++++++++++++++
@@ -3969,13 +4182,15 @@ Its mode of operation of operation is best described in pseudo-code:
 
       else
          if <a rule pool accepts depenv's type and resolves depenv>
+
             resolved <= True
 
          else if <depenv's type contains TRY_OTHER>
-
             if <a rule pool supports TRY_OTHER and does not accept depenv's type and resolves depenv>
 
                resolved <= True
+
+            end if
          end if
       end if
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-07 16:10 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-07 16:10 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     a7bdfc6904b64fae37e9b8a18134f07a9c55f0c6
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed Aug  7 15:54:19 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed Aug  7 15:54:19 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=a7bdfc69

doc/rst: license map syntax, using roverlay's API

+ documentation about ebuild variable protection features

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 148 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------
 1 file changed, 133 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 2da8dd0..88761e5 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -52,20 +52,28 @@ This document is targeted at
    * *roverlay* maintainers who **control and test overlay creation**,
      e.g. configure which R packages will be part of the generated overlay
 
-     Depending on what you want to configure, chapters 5-10 are relevant,
+     Depending on what you want to configure, chapters 5-11 are relevant,
      namely `Repositories / Getting Packages`_, `Additions Directory`,
      `Dependency Rules`_, `Package Rules`_, `Configuration Reference`_
      and `Field Definition Config`_.
 
      There is another chapter that is only interesting for testing, the
-     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (11), which can be used to interactively
-     test dependency rules.
+     `Dependency Resolution Console`_ (12.1), which can be used to
+     interactively test dependency rules.
+
 
    * *roverlay* code maintainers who want to know **how roverlay works** for
      code improvements etc.
 
-     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (12) which has
-     references to other chapters (4-10) where required.
+     The most important chapter is `Implementation Overview`_ (14) which has
+     references to other chapters (4-13) where required.
+
+   * developers who intend to **use roverlay's functionality outside of roverlay**
+
+     The most important chapter is `Roverlay Interface`_, which gives an
+     overview of *roverlay's* API.
+     Reading the other chapters (4-14) is recommended.
+
 
 Expected prior knowlegde:
 
@@ -197,17 +205,15 @@ as the *R Overlay src directory* from now on.
 ------------------------------
 
 *roverlay* needs a configuration file to run.
-If roverlay has been installed with *emerge*, it will look for the config file in
-that order:
+If roverlay has been installed with *emerge*,
+it will look for the config file in that order:
 
-1. *<current directory>/R-overlay.conf*
 #. *~/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*
 #. */etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*,
    which is part of the installation but has to be modified.
 
-Otherwise, *roverlay* will only look for *R-overlay.conf* in the current
-directory. An example config file is available in the
-*R Overlay src directory*.
+Otherwise, *roverlay* uses *R-overlay.conf* in the current directory.
+An example config file is available in the *R Overlay src directory*.
 
 The config file is a text file with '<option> = <value>' syntax. Some options
 accept multiple values (e.g. <option> = file1, file2), in which case the
@@ -432,6 +438,10 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
 --nosync, --no-sync
    Disable downloading of R packages.
 
+--strict
+   Enable strict behavior.
+   For example, this causes *roverlay* to exit if any repo cannot be synced.
+
 --distmap-verify
    Enforce verification of R packages in the package mirror directory.
    This also tries to recreate the distmap.
@@ -671,6 +681,7 @@ eclass file are used, the result should look like:
    <overlay root>/
    <overlay root>/eclass
    <overlay root>/eclass/R-packages.eclass
+   <overlay root>/metadata/layout.conf
    <overlay root>/profiles
    <overlay root>/profiles/categories
    <overlay root>/profiles/repo_name
@@ -3085,7 +3096,7 @@ Example:
 
 
 Each flag is renamed at most once, so the following example renames 'sound'
-to media, but 'audio' to 'sound':;
+to media, but 'audio' to 'sound':
 
 ..  code-block:: text
 
@@ -3099,6 +3110,63 @@ to media, but 'audio' to 'sound':;
    unpredictable results.
 
 
+------------------
+ License Map File
+------------------
+
+The license map file is a file with dictionary-like entries that is used
+to translate *license strings* (read from the package's DESCRIPTION) into
+licenses accepted by portage, e.g. ``GPL-3`` or ``|| ( GPL-3+ BSD )``.
+Its syntax is similar to the dependency rule file syntax:
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   # this is a comment line
+
+   # 1,1 mapping
+   portage_license :: license_str
+
+   # 1,n mapping (n>=0)
+   portage_license {
+      license_str_0
+      license_str_1
+      ...
+      license_str_n
+   }
+
+   # 0,1 mapping (ignore license_str)
+   ! :: license_str
+
+   # 0,n mapping (ignore several license_str)
+   ! {
+      license_str_0
+      license_str_1
+      ...
+      license_str_n
+   }
+
+
+
+Example (excerpt from *roverlay's* license map file):
+
+..  code-block:: text
+
+   # freestyle text
+   ! {
+      foo
+      freeforresearchpurpose.
+      whatlicenseisitunder?
+   }
+
+   BSD :: freebsd
+
+   || ( GPL-2+ BSD ) {
+      gpl>2|bsd
+      gpl>2|freebsd
+   }
+
+
+
 .. _Field Definition:
 
 -------------------------
@@ -3267,6 +3335,7 @@ This is the default field definition file (without any ignored fields):
 roverlay provides an interactive console for accessing certain subsystems,
 e.g. dependency resolution. Its features include tab completion for filesystem
 paths and a command history that supports navigation with the arrow keys.
+Line continuation with a backslash character ``\`` is supported, too.
 
 The console also implements a subset of typical tools like ``cat``, which
 behave similar but not identical to their counterparts.
@@ -3347,7 +3416,7 @@ It is an interactive console with the following features:
 * save rules to a file
 
 Rules are managed in a set. These so-called *rule pools* are organized in
-a *first-in-first-out* data structure that allows to create or remove
+a *last-in-first-out* data structure that allows to create or remove
 them easily at runtime.
 
 Running ``roverlay depres_console`` prints a short welcome message and starts
@@ -3500,6 +3569,46 @@ For extending the API, roverlay provides the abstract *RoverlayInterface* and
 *RoverlaySubInterface* classes.
 
 
+The following code snippet gives an idea on how to include roverlay's API in
+your code:
+
+..  code-block:: python
+
+   #!/usr/bin/python
+   #
+   #  Initializes logging and roverlay's interfaces
+   #
+
+   import logging
+
+   import roverlay.core
+   import roverlay.interface.main
+
+   def main():
+      # log everything to console
+      roverlay.core.force_console_logging ( log_level=logging.INFO )
+
+      # load roverlay's config
+      config = roverlay.core.load_locate_config_file (
+         ROVERLAY_INSTALLED=False, setup_logger=False
+      )
+
+      # create the main interface
+      main_interface = roverlay.interface.main.MainInterface ( config=config )
+
+      # create subinterfaces, as needed
+      depres_interface = main_interface.spawn_interface ( "depres" )
+      remote_interface = main_interface.spawn_interface ( "remote" )
+
+      # use them
+      pass
+   # --- end of main (...) ---
+
+   if __name__ == '__main__':
+      main()
+
+
+
 ------------------
  DepRes Interface
 ------------------
@@ -3713,8 +3822,8 @@ package directories) and implements all overlay-related functionality:
 
 * Write the overlay to its filesystem location
 
-   * initialize the overlay (write the *profiles/* directory,
-     import eclass files)
+   * initialize the overlay (write the *profiles/* directory and
+     *metadata*/layout.conf, import eclass files)
    * Write ebuilds; all *PackageInfo* instances with an ebuild will be written
    * Generate and write metadata
    * Write Manifest files
@@ -3797,6 +3906,15 @@ class. An *EbuildVar* defines its position in the ebuild and  how its text
 output should look like. Ebuild text is created by adding ebuild variables
 to an *Ebuilder* that automatically sorts them and creates the ebuild.
 
+Most ebuild variables, e.g. all variables that contain text from a package's
+DESCRIPTION data, have basic protection against code injection:
+
+* only ASCII characters are allowed
+* the following chars are always removed: ``"``, ``'``, ````` and ``;``
+* backslash chars ``\`` at the end of the variable's value are removed
+* any char sequence starting with ``$(`` is completely dropped
+
+
 ------------------
  Overlay Creation
 ------------------


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-09 15:27 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-09 15:27 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     2f9215125b0044a799137f3fc2478a06620f5b5b
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug  9 15:22:30 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug  9 15:22:30 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=2f921512

doc/rst: implementation overview, stats config

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 145 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 99 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 88761e5..787c9aa 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -89,37 +89,43 @@ Expected prior knowlegde:
  Prerequisites
 ---------------
 
-* python >= 2.7 (tested with python 2.7 and 3.2)
+* python >= 2.7 built with ssl support (tested with python 2.7 and 3.2)
 
-* argparse (http://code.google.com/p/argparse)
+   extra dependencies for python 2.7 (built-in since python 3.2)
+
+   * argparse (http://code.google.com/p/argparse)
+   * concurrent.futures (http://pypi.python.org/pypi/futures) (optional)
 
 * setuptools (http://pypi.python.org/pypi/setuptools)
 
 * rsync (for using rsync repositories)
 
-* for Manifest creation:
+* portage (*ebuild*) for Manifest creation and downloading source files for
+  imported ebuilds
 
-  * portage (*ebuild*)
-  * *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
-    package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
+* *true* or *echo* from coreutils or busybox for preventing
+  package downloads during Manifest creation (optional)
 
 * for generating documentation files: python docutils >= 0.9
 
 * hardware requirements (when using the default configuration):
 
    disk
-      * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages
-      * a filesystem that supports symbolic or hard links
-      * there will be many small-sized files (ebuilds),
-        so a filesystem with lots of inodes and a small block size
-        may be advantageous
+
+   * 50-55GB disk space for the R packages
+   * a filesystem that supports symbolic or hard links
+   * there will be many small-sized files (ebuilds),
+     so a filesystem with lots of inodes and a small block size
+     may be advantageous
 
    memory
+
       up to 600MB which depends on the amount of processed packages and the
       write mechanism in use. The amount can be halved (approximately) when
       using a slower one.
 
    time
+
       Expect 1h execution time for the first run, depending on computing
       and I/O speed. *roverlay* is able to work in incremental mode,
       thus making subsequent runs need a lot less time.
@@ -402,10 +408,19 @@ Main Config
    See `Configuration Reference`_ for all main config options like log file
    rotation and assistance for writing new *dependency rules*.
 
+Patching generated ebuilds / Importing ebuilds
+   See `Additions Directory`_.
+
+R_SUGGESTS
+   See `USE_EXPAND flag rename file`_, which describes how R_SUGGESTS
+   USE_EXPAND flags can be renamed.
+
 Field Definition
    Refer to `Field Definition`_ in case you want to change *how* R packages
    are being read, e.g. if you want the 'Depents' information field (obviously
-   a typo) to be understood as 'Depends'.
+   a typo) to be understood as 'Depends'. Also see `License Map file`_ for
+   translating *license strings* into valid portage licenses.
+
 
 ------------
  Running it
@@ -543,6 +558,10 @@ apply_rules
    This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--nosync* option
    is specified.
 
+setupdirs
+   Creates all configured directories with proper permissions.
+
+
 ----------------------------
  Providing a package mirror
 ----------------------------
@@ -582,15 +601,21 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
       true
 
 
+   ..  Note::
+
+      *roverlay-sh* requires a valid config file.
+
+
 *roverlay-mkconfig*
    a script that creates a config file for roverlay
 
-*name_is_todo--roverlay_creation_helper*
-   <<TODO>>
-   Safely runs overlay creation <<and $$afterwards>>.
+*run-roverlay.sh*
+   A script that safely runs overlay creation and repoman afterwards.
+   Uses filesystem locks to ensure that it is run at most once at a time.
    Suitable for being run as cron job.
 
-
+   This file is not part of the roverlay installation. It can be found
+   at ``files/scripts/run-roverlay.sh`` in the `roverlay git repo`_.
 
 
 ===============================
@@ -603,71 +628,84 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
 
 These are the steps that *roverlay* performs:
 
-1. **sync** - get R packages using various methods
+#. **sync** - get R packages using various methods
    (rsync, http, local directory)
 
-2. scan the R Overlay directory (if it exists) for valid ebuilds
+#. scan the R Overlay directory (if it exists) for valid ebuilds
 
-3. import ebuilds from the additions dir
+#. import ebuilds from the additions dir
 
-4. **add** - queue all R packages for ebuild creation
+#. **add** - queue all R packages for ebuild creation
 
    * all repositories are asked to list their packages which are then added
      to a queue
 
-   * packages may be declined by the overlay creator if they already have
-     an ebuild
-
    * packages may be declined or manipulated by package rules
 
      See also: `Package Rules`_
 
-5. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
+   * packages may be declined by the overlay creator if they already have
+     an ebuild
+
+     The overlay is able to detect changes to the package file, e.g. when
+     upstream modified a package without renaming it. To realize this,
+     the package file's checksum (sha256) is compared with the ebuild's
+     entry in the `distmap`_. If they do match, then the package is declined
+     as it already exists. Otherwise, a revision bump is triggered.
+
+#. **create** - process each package *p* from the package queue
    (thread-able on a per package basis)
 
-  * read *p*'s DESCRIPTION file that contains information fields
-    like 'Depends', 'Description' and 'Suggests'
+   * read *p*'s DESCRIPTION file that contains information fields
+     like 'Depends', 'Description' and 'Suggests'
+
+   * resolve *p*'s dependencies
 
-  * resolve *p*'s dependencies
+     * differentiate between *required* and *optional* dependencies
+       (for example, dependencies from the 'Depends' field are required,
+       while those from 'Suggests' are optional)
 
-    * differentiate between *required* and *optional* dependencies
-      (for example, dependencies from the 'Depends' field are required,
-      while those from 'Suggests' are optional)
+     * **immediately stop** processing *p* if a *required* dependency
+       cannot be resolved in which case a valid ebuild cannot be created
 
-    * **immediately stop** processing *p* if a *required* dependency
-      cannot be resolved in which case a valid ebuild cannot be created
+     * verify dependencies on packages found in the overlay, whether their
+       ebuilds already exist or not (*selfdep validation*)
 
-    * verify dependencies on packages found in the overlay, whether their
-      ebuilds already exist or not (*selfdep validation*)
+       * drop unsatisfiable *selfdeps*
 
-      See also: `Dependency Resolution`_
+       * **stop** processing *p* if a *required selfdep* is missing
 
-  * create an ebuild for *p* by using the dependency resolution results
-    and a few information fields like 'Description'
+       See also: `Dependency Resolution`_
 
-  * **done** with *p* - the overlay creator takes control over *p*
-    and may decide to write *p*'s ebuild now (or later)
+   * create an ebuild for *p* by using the dependency resolution results
+     and a few information fields like 'Description'
 
-6. write the overlay
+   * **done** with *p* - the overlay creator takes control over *p*
+     and may decide to write *p*'s ebuild now (or later)
 
-   * write/update the profiles dir
+#. write the overlay
+
+   * write/update the profiles dir and metadata/layout.conf
 
      * *roverlay* respects manual changes to USE_EXPAND description files
 
    * write all ebuilds and apply patches to them
-     (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
    * write the *metadata.xml* files
-     (supports threads on a per package basis)
 
      * this uses the latest created ebuild available for a package
 
    * write the *Manifest* files
-     (does not support threads by default / supports threads on a per package
-     basis when using *portage* directly)
 
      * this uses all ebuilds availabe for a package
 
+   Most write operations support threading.
+
+#. call the *overlay_success* hook
+
+#. write the stats database file (optional)
+
+   * call the *db_written* hook
 
 --------------------------------------------------------------
  Expected Overlay Result / Structure of the generated overlay
@@ -1085,7 +1123,7 @@ A local directory will never be modified.
    websync_pkglist_.
 
 ---------
- distmap
+ Distmap
 ---------
 
 *roverlay* uses a text file to store information about files in the package
@@ -2452,6 +2490,21 @@ CACHEDIR
 
    This option is **required**.
 
+.. _STATS_DB_FILE:
+
+STATS_DB
+   Path to the stats database file. This has to be a round-robin database
+   file (rrdtool). *roverlay* creates it if necessary.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which disable database writing.
+
+STATS_INTERVAL
+   Database update interval, which should be set to the expected timespan
+   between running overlay creation, in seconds. Only meaningful when
+   creating a new database file.
+
+   Defaults to 7200 (2 hours).
+
 .. _DISTFILES:
 
 DISTFILES


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-19 15:42 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-19 15:42 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     7c4fd191b0070020e8560cb64284b8113742703a
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Aug 19 15:40:22 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Aug 19 15:40:22 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=7c4fd191

doc/rst: document package rule changes

This commit also removes any occurence of --nosync.

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 80 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 1 file changed, 73 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 46164e4..e493420 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ For reference, these **commands** are accepted by *roverlay*:
 create
 	As described above, this will run ebuild, metadata creation, including
 	overlay and Manifest file writing.
-	This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--nosync* option
+	This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--no-sync* option
 	is specified.
 
 sync
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ apply_rules
 
    Meant for testing.
 
-   This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--nosync* option
+   This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--no-sync* option
    is specified.
 
 setupdirs
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ their *match keywords* and their meaning:
    | boolean function | match       | description                            |
    |                  | keyword(s)  |                                        |
    +==================+=============+========================================+
-   | AND              | and all &&  | all listed conditions must match       |
+   | AND              | all &&      | all listed conditions must match       |
    +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
    | OR               | or \|\|     | any                                    |
    |                  |             | of the listed conditions must match    |
@@ -1757,6 +1757,10 @@ their *match keywords* and their meaning:
    | NOR              | nor none    | none                                   |
    |                  |             | of the listed conditions must match    |
    +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | VERUM            | any true    | always true                            |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
+   | FALSUM           | none false  | always false                           |
+   +------------------+-------------+----------------------------------------+
 
 
 In other words, a (boolean) match keyword starts a *nested match block*
@@ -1779,6 +1783,8 @@ The nested block is terminated by indenting out, i.e. decreasing the
    Correspondingly, the logic for the top-level match block is *AND* by
    convention.
 
+   *VERUM* and *FALSUM* do accept any nested condition.
+
 
 Using this syntax, match blocks can be nested indefinitely (minus technical
 limitations):
@@ -1874,12 +1880,44 @@ The following *info keys* can be set and/or modified:
    +==============+=====================+=====================================+
    | name         | yes / yes           | rename the ebuild                   |
    +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
-   | category     | yes / **no**        | set package category                |
+   | category     | yes / yes           | set or rename (based on the         |
+   |              | (*repo_name*)       | repository's name) the package's    |
+   |              |                     | category                            |
    +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
    | destfile     | yes / yes           | rename ebuild destfile by using the |
    |              |                     | '->' operator in ``${SRC_URI}``     |
    +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
 
+
+The *set* action also supports variable substitution  by means of python
+string formatting (``{info_key}``), for example:
+
+..  code::
+
+   set category sci-{repo_name}
+
+
+The following *info keys* can be accessed:
+
+..  table:: info keys available for variable substitution
+
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | info key            | description                                        |
+   +=====================+====================================================+
+   | repo_name           | name of the repo, e.g. *CRAN*                      |
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | version             | package version ``${PV}``                          |
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | package_name        | package file name without version                  |
+   |                     | and file extension, e.g. *seewave*                 |
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | name                | ebuild name ``${PN}``                              |
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+   | package_filename    | package file name with file extension,             |
+   |                     | e.g. *seewave_1.7.0.tar.gz*                        |
+   +---------------------+----------------------------------------------------+
+
+
 .. Caution::
 
    Category moves are not handled automatically. In incremental mode, overlay
@@ -2002,6 +2040,20 @@ A rule that assigns all packages from BIOC-2.10/bioc to sci-bioc:
    END;
 
 
+A more generic rule that sets per-repo categories:
+
+..  code::
+
+   MATCH:
+      any
+   ACTION:
+      # set category
+      #  CRAN->CRAN, CRAN-Archive->CRAN, BIOC-2.10/experimental->BIOC, ...
+      #
+      rename category s=^(?P<repo>[^-/]+)([-/].*)?$=sci-\g<repo>=
+   END;
+
+
 The following example prefixes all *yaml* packages with *Rpkg_*:
 
 .. code::
@@ -2009,24 +2061,38 @@ The following example prefixes all *yaml* packages with *Rpkg_*:
    MATCH:
       ebuild_name ,= yaml
    ACTION:
+      set destfile Rpkg_{package_filename}
+   END;
+
+   # alternatively:
+   MATCH:
+      ebuild_name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
       rename destfile s/^/Rpkg_/
    END;
 
 
-Moving such packages to a "R-package" sub directory would be possible, too:
+Moving such packages to a "R-packages" sub directory would be possible, too:
 
 .. code::
 
    MATCH:
       name ,= yaml
    ACTION:
-      rename_destfile s=^=R-package/=
+      set_destfile R-packages/{package_filename}
+   END;
+
+   # alternatively:
+   MATCH:
+      name ,= yaml
+   ACTION:
+      rename_destfile s=^=R-packages/=
    END;
 
 
 ..  Hint::
 
-   ``roverlay [--nosync] [--dump-file <file>] apply_rules`` can be used to
+   ``roverlay [--no-sync] [--dump-file <file>] apply_rules`` can be used to
    test rules. It applies the rules to all packages without running overlay
    creation. Furthermore, ``roverlay --ppr`` parses the package rules,
    prints them and exits afterwards.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-23 13:52 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-23 13:52 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     56d8c5f526e4139ac4f1207bbf23ac8b58101ac6
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Aug 23 13:32:41 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Aug 23 13:32:41 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=56d8c5f5

doc/rst, package rules: 'add' action

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 120 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 67 insertions(+), 53 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 991a4b9..1379aad 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1833,60 +1833,74 @@ control *where*) and the number of values they accept:
 
 .. table:: action keywords
 
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | action keyword |  affects         | # of values | description            |
-   +================+==================+=============+========================+
-   | ignore         |                  |             | ignore package,        |
-   +----------------+ overlay creation | none        | do not try to create   |
-   | do-not-process |                  |             | an ebuild for it       |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | keywords       | ebuild variables | >= 1        | set per-package        |
-   |                |                  |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | trace          | package rules    | none        | mark a package as      |
-   |                |                  |             | modified               |
-   |                |                  +-------------+------------------------+
-   |                |                  | 1           | add the stored string  |
-   |                |                  |             | to a package's         |
-   |                |                  |             | *modified* variable    |
-   |                |                  |             | whenever this action   |
-   |                |                  |             | is applied             |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | set            | package          | 2           | set package            |
-   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information            |
-   | set_<key>      | overlay creaton  | 1           |                        |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | rename         | package          | 2           | modify package         |
-   +----------------+ metadata,        +-------------+ information with       |
-   | rename_<key>   | overlay creation | 1           | sed-like               |
-   |                |                  |             | *s/expr/repl/*         |
-   |                |                  |             | statements             |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-   | null           | *n/a*            | none        | does nothing           |
-   +----------------+                  |             | (can be used for       |
-   | pass           |                  |             | readability)           |
-   +----------------+------------------+-------------+------------------------+
-
-The two-arg form of the set/rename keywords expect a <key> as first and
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | action keyword |  affects          | # of values | description            |
+   +================+===================+=============+========================+
+   | ignore         |                   |             | ignore package,        |
+   +----------------+ overlay creation  | none        | do not try to create   |
+   | do-not-process |                   |             | an ebuild for it       |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | keywords       | ebuild variables  | >= 1        | set per-package        |
+   |                |                   |             | ``KEYWORDS``           |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | trace          | package rules     | none        | mark a package as      |
+   |                |                   |             | modified               |
+   |                |                   +-------------+------------------------+
+   |                |                   | 1           | add the stored string  |
+   |                |                   |             | to a package's         |
+   |                |                   |             | *modified* variable    |
+   |                |                   |             | whenever this action   |
+   |                |                   |             | is applied             |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | set            | package metadata, | 2           | set package            |
+   +----------------+ overlay creation, +-------------+ information            |
+   | set_<key>      | ebuild creation   | 1           |                        |
+   +----------------+                   +-------------+------------------------+
+   | rename         |                   | 2           | modify package         |
+   +----------------+                   +-------------+ information with       |
+   | rename_<key>   |                   | 1           | sed-like               |
+   |                |                   |             | *s/expr/repl/*         |
+   |                |                   |             | statements             |
+   +----------------+                   +-------------+------------------------+
+   | add            |                   | 2           | similar to *set*, but  |
+   +----------------+                   +-------------+ can be applied         |
+   | add_<key>      |                   | 1           | multiple times without |
+   |                |                   |             | overwriting existing   |
+   |                |                   |             | information            |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+   | null           | *n/a*             | none        | does nothing           |
+   +----------------+                   |             | (can be used for       |
+   | pass           |                   |             | improving readability) |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-------------+------------------------+
+
+The two-arg form of the set/rename/add keywords expect a <key> as first and
 a value / sed expression as second arg. The one-arg form expects the latter
-one only. The "/" delimitier in the sed expression can be any character.
+one only. keys are case-insensitive. The "/" delimitier in the sed expression
+can be any other character.
 
 The following *info keys* can be set and/or modified:
 
-..  table:: info keys for set/rename
-
-   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
-   | info key     | supports set/rename | description                         |
-   +==============+=====================+=====================================+
-   | name         | yes / yes           | rename the ebuild                   |
-   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
-   | category     | yes / yes           | set or rename (based on the         |
-   |              | (*repo_name*)       | repository's name) the package's    |
-   |              |                     | category                            |
-   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
-   | destfile     | yes / yes           | rename ebuild destfile by using the |
-   |              |                     | '->' operator in ``${SRC_URI}``     |
-   +--------------+---------------------+-------------------------------------+
+..  table:: info keys for set/rename/add
+
+   +--------------+-------------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | info key     | supports set/rename/add | description                         |
+   +==============+=========================+=====================================+
+   | name         | yes / yes / no          | rename the ebuild                   |
+   +--------------+-------------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | category     | yes / yes (*repo name*) | set or rename (based on the         |
+   |              | / no                    | repository's name) the package's    |
+   |              |                         | category                            |
+   +--------------+-------------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | destfile     | yes / yes / no          | rename ebuild destfile by using the |
+   |              |                         | '->' operator in ``${SRC_URI}``     |
+   +--------------+-------------------------+-------------------------------------+
+   | DEPEND       | no / no / **yes**       | add additional dependencies to      |
+   +--------------+                         | *DEPEND/RDEPEND/RSUGGESTS*          |
+   | RDEPEND      |                         |                                     |
+   +--------------+                         | The value has to be a string        |
+   | RSUGGESTS    |                         | accepted by the package manager,    |
+   |              |                         | e.g. a *DEPEND Atom*.               |
+   +--------------+-------------------------+-------------------------------------+
 
 
 The *set* action also supports variable substitution  by means of python
@@ -1930,9 +1944,9 @@ The following *info keys* can be accessed:
 
 .. Note::
 
-   Applying the same (non-incremental) ebuild variable, set or rename action
-   more than once is possible, but only the last one will have an effect
-   on ebuild creation.
+   Applying the same ebuild variable, set or rename action more than once
+   is possible, but only the last one will have an effect on ebuild creation.
+   add actions are cumulative by definition.
 
 
 Extended Action Block Syntax


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-08-27 15:39 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-08-27 15:39 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     7cf05a080255ad13a857ff2a8a4ab68a30c823f3
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Aug 27 15:33:49 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Aug 27 15:33:49 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=7cf05a08

doc/rst: #! ERROR, deptype logging

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 12 ++++++++++--
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 1379aad..10da45a 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Keychars
    simple rule.
 
 Keywords
-   There are two keywords that control how a rule file is read.
+   There are three keywords that control how a rule file is read.
 
    The important one is the *#deptype <dependency type>* directive that
    defines that all rules until the next *deptype* directory or end of file,
@@ -1424,7 +1424,9 @@ Keywords
 
       Check the *dependency type* if a newly added rule has no effect.
 
-   The other keyword is *#! NOPARSE* which stops parsing of a rule file.
+   The other keywords are *#! NOPARSE*, which stops parsing of a rule file
+   (ignore remaining file content), and *#! ERROR*, which raises a python
+   exception (program exits).
 
 Dependencies
    are strings that are recognized by portage as **Dynamic DEPENDs**
@@ -3190,6 +3192,12 @@ DESCRIPTION_DIR
 LOG_FILE_UNRESOLVABLE
    A file where all unresolved dependency strings will be written into
    on *roverlay* exit. Primarily useful for creating new rules.
+   The file's format is ``<dependency type mask in hex>, <dependency string>``,
+   where the *dependency type mask* is usually
+   ``0x7`` (mandatory system dependency),
+   ``0x8`` (optional R package dependency)
+   or ``0xb`` (mandatory R package dependency).
+
 
    Defaults to <not set>, which disables this feature.
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-09-03 14:32 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-09-03 14:32 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     8a6277f219f7150f92dbd001ede2858ceaeda8a1
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Sep  3 14:12:58 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Sep  3 14:12:58 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=8a6277f2

doc/rst: document dynamic selfdep pool changes

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 8 ++++++--
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 9db0ff3..36ad090 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -4388,8 +4388,12 @@ R packages" to create rules.
 
 *roverlay* uses one dynamic rule pool, the **Dynamic Selfdep Rule Pool**.
 This pool contains *selfdep* rules for all known R packages and is able
-to resolve R package dependencies.
-By convention, it will never resolve any system dependencies.
+to resolve R package dependencies. Moreover, it knows to which repository
+a rule belongs, and tries to satisfy dependencies on a package within its
+own repository first, before trying the other repositories in the order as
+they appear in the repo config file(s).
+
+By convention, this rule pool never resolves any system dependencies.
 
 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
  Dependency Resolver Modules


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-09-16  8:56 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-09-16  8:56 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     479d4653729d38421a6eeb133ddc60fef5b3651b
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Sep 16 08:55:58 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Sep 16 08:55:58 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=479d4653

doc/rst: automated configuration and setup

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 93 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------
 1 file changed, 72 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 6a48e99..b42ac47 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -188,18 +188,9 @@ Make sure to meet the dependencies as listed in Prerequisites_.
 Then, simply clone the git repository to a local directory that is referenced
 as the *R Overlay src directory* from now on.
 
-.. Note::
-   You have to *cd* into the *R Overlay src directory* before running
-   *roverlay* to ensure that the python modules can be imported correctly.
-
-   You can work around this by setting up a wrapper script:
-
-   .. code-block:: sh
-
-      #!/bin/sh
-      # /usr/local/bin/roverlay.sh
-      # example wrapper script for roverlay
-      cd ${ROVERLAY_SRC:-~/roverlay/src} && ./roverlay.py "$@"
+The *R Overlay src directory* provides a wrapper script (``roverlay.py`` or
+``bin/roverlay``) which changes the working directory and adjusts the
+``PYTHONPATH`` variable so that *roverlay* can be run from anywhere.
 
 
 ==================
@@ -218,12 +209,65 @@ it will look for the config file in that order:
 #. */etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf*,
    which is part of the installation but has to be modified.
 
-Otherwise, *roverlay* uses *R-overlay.conf* in the current directory.
+Otherwise, *roverlay* uses *R-overlay.conf.local* or *R-overlay.conf*
+in the current directory.
 An example config file is available in the *R Overlay src directory*.
 
-The config file is a text file with '<option> = <value>' syntax. Some options
-accept multiple values (e.g. <option> = file1, file2), in which case the
-values have to be enclosed with quotes (-> ``<option> = "file1 file2"``).
+
+Overall, the following steps have to be taken before running *roverlay*:
+
+* create/adjust the main config file
+* provide additional files (dependency rule files, hook event script etc.)
+  at the locations pointed out in the main config file
+* optional: create directories in advance with proper permissions, e.g.
+  a shared package files directory
+
+These steps can be automated by using *roverlay-setup*.
+See `Automated configuration and setup` for details.
+`Manual configuration` covers how to configure *roverlay* by hand.
+
+
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Automated configuration and setup
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+``roverlay-setup`` (``bin/roverlay-setup`` in the *R overlay src directory*)
+is a script that is able to generate *roverlay's* main config file, import
+other config files, create essential directories and activate/manage
+*event hooks*.
+
+It accepts a number of options, in particular:
+
+--pretend, -p
+   Show what would be done. **Recommended** (prior to running the command
+   without --pretend).
+
+--ask, -a
+   Ask for confirmation before each action. This allows to skip certain
+   actions by answering with *n*, *no* or *skip*.
+
+--work-root <dir>, -W <dir>
+   The user's root directory for work data (distfiles, overlay, ...).
+   Defaults to ``${HOME}/roverlay``.
+
+--conf-dir <dir>, --my-conf-root <dir>, -C <dir>
+   Directory for the user's private config.
+   Defaults to ``${HOME}/roverlay/config``.
+
+--variable <name=value>, -v <name=value>
+   This can be used to set config options.
+
+   Example: ``--variable DISTFILES=/nfs/roverlay/distfiles`` for setting
+   up a shared package files directory.
+
+
+See ``roverlay-setup --help`` for a full listing.
+
+
+
+\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* NOT VALID BEGIN \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
+
+[interactive setup -- will be re-added]
 
 If roverlay has been installed, then ``emerge --config roverlay`` can be
 used to set up the config file as well as to create essential directories.
@@ -235,6 +279,16 @@ one user.
    ``emerge --config roverlay`` will overwrite the user's config file (or
    /etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf when configuring for root).
 
+\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* NOT VALID END \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
+
+
+++++++++++++++++++++++
+ Manual configuration
+++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The config file is a text file with '<option> = <value>' syntax. Some options
+accept multiple values (e.g. <option> = file1, file2), in which case the
+values have to be enclosed with quotes (-> ``<option> = "file1 file2"``).
 
 The following options should be set before running *roverlay*:
 
@@ -558,9 +612,6 @@ apply_rules
    This command implies the **sync** command unless the *--no-sync* option
    is specified.
 
-setupdirs
-   Creates all configured directories with proper permissions.
-
 
 ----------------------------
  Providing a package mirror
@@ -606,8 +657,8 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
       *roverlay-sh* requires a valid config file.
 
 
-*roverlay-mkconfig*
-   a script that creates a config file for roverlay
+*roverlay-setup*
+   <<DOC TODO>>
 
 *run-roverlay.sh*
    A script that safely runs overlay creation and repoman afterwards.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-09-23 12:34 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-09-23 12:34 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     bbba27be6af13ac4fc0b37c5452e310258b1722f
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Sep 23 12:34:12 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Sep 23 12:34:12 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=bbba27be

doc/rst/usage.rst: roverlay-setup[-interactive]

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 38 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index b42ac47..56c91bb 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -263,23 +263,14 @@ It accepts a number of options, in particular:
 
 See ``roverlay-setup --help`` for a full listing.
 
-
-
-\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* NOT VALID BEGIN \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
-
-[interactive setup -- will be re-added]
-
-If roverlay has been installed, then ``emerge --config roverlay`` can be
-used to set up the config file as well as to create essential directories.
-It can be run multiple times in order to configure roverlay for more than
-one user.
+``roverlay-setup-interactive`` (``bin/roverlay-setup-interactive``) is a
+script that asks a few questions and then calls ``roverlay-setup`` based on
+the answers.
+It's also accessible via ``emerge --config roverlay`` if roverlay
+has been installed.
 
 ..  Important::
-
-   ``emerge --config roverlay`` will overwrite the user's config file (or
-   /etc/roverlay/R-overlay.conf when configuring for root).
-
-\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\* NOT VALID END \*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*\*
+   ``roverlay-setup[-interactive]`` overwrites the user's config.
 
 
 ++++++++++++++++++++++
@@ -658,7 +649,22 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
 
 
 *roverlay-setup*
-   <<DOC TODO>>
+   A script with various subcommands for setting up roverlay:
+
+   * ``init`` for initial setup as described in
+     `Automated Configuration and Setup`_
+
+   * ``mkconfig`` for generating the main config file
+
+   * ``hooks`` for managings hooks
+
+     * ``roverlay-setup hooks [show]`` prints information
+
+     * ``roverlay-setup hooks add <hook> <event> [<event>...]`` adds a hook
+       (referenced by name) to one or more *events*
+
+     * ``roverlay-setup hooks del <hook> <event|"all"> [<event|"all">...]``
+       removes a hook (referenced by name) from one or more (or all) *events*
 
 *run-roverlay.sh*
    A script that safely runs overlay creation and repoman afterwards.


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-09-23 15:30 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-09-23 15:30 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     487b3f0a42ff6681cf23fb8d8abe121dc7996cc1
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Mon Sep 23 13:26:51 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Mon Sep 23 13:26:51 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=487b3f0a

doc/rst: roverlay-status script

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 59 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 50 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 56c91bb..803be6d 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@
 
 .. _git repository: `roverlay git repo`_
 
+.. _mako templates:
+   http://www.makotemplates.org/
+
 .. _omegahat's PACKAGES file:
    http://www.omegahat.org/R/src/contrib/PACKAGES
 
@@ -623,7 +626,8 @@ OVERLAY_DISTDIR_FLAT_.
  roverlay helpers
 ------------------
 
-An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
+An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs, most of them
+can also be found in ``<R overlay src directory>/bin/``:
 
 *roverlay-sh*
    a wrapper around /bin/sh that runs a shell or shell script in roverlay's
@@ -666,6 +670,31 @@ An installation of roverlay includes some helper programs:
      * ``roverlay-setup hooks del <hook> <event|"all"> [<event|"all">...]``
        removes a hook (referenced by name) from one or more (or all) *events*
 
+
+*roverlay-status*
+   A script that generates status reports based on `mako templates`_
+   and roverlay's stats (`STATS_DB_FILE`_). Supported output formats include
+   html, cgi (html with cgi header) and plain text.
+
+   Notable options accepted by *roverlay-status*:
+
+   --output <file|"-">, -O <file|"-">
+      output file/stream, defaults to stdout ("-")
+
+   --template <file|name>, -t <file|name>
+      name of or path to the mako template file. A ``--mode`` specific
+      file extension is automatically appended when searching for the template
+      file.
+
+   --mode <"cli"|"cgi"|"html">
+      Sets the output format. Defaults to *cli* (plain text).
+
+   --config <file>, -c <file>
+      Path to roverlay's main config file.
+
+   See ``roverlay-status --help`` for a full listing.
+
+
 *run-roverlay.sh*
    A script that safely runs overlay creation and repoman afterwards.
    Uses filesystem locks to ensure that it is run at most once at a time.
@@ -2654,17 +2683,29 @@ CACHEDIR
 .. _STATS_DB_FILE:
 
 STATS_DB
-   Path to the stats database file. This has to be a round-robin database
-   file (rrdtool). *roverlay* creates it if necessary.
+   Path to the stats database file. *roverlay* creates it if necessary.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>, which disables database writing.
+
+.. _TEMPLATE_ROOT:
+
+TEMPLATE_ROOT
+   List of directories with templates for generating status reports.
+
+   */usr/share/roverlay/mako_templates* is automatically added to this list
+   if roverlay has been installed.
+
+   This option is **required** for *roverlay-status*, but doesn't need to be
+   set if roverlay has been installed.
+
+   Defaults to <not set>.
 
-   Defaults to <not set>, which disable database writing.
+.. _TEMPLATE_MODULE_DIR:
 
-STATS_INTERVAL
-   Database update interval, which should be set to the expected timespan
-   between running overlay creation, in seconds. Only meaningful when
-   creating a new database file.
+TEMPLATE_MODULE_DIR
+   Directory for caching mako templates.
 
-   Defaults to 7200 (2 hours).
+   Defaults to CACHEDIR_/mako_templates.
 
 .. _DISTFILES:
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2013-11-14 18:24 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2013-11-14 18:24 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     22601ebdc08ac1692779bcb3432e0d08234df004
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Thu Nov 14 17:57:12 2013 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Thu Nov 14 17:57:12 2013 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=22601ebd

doc/rst: hook env, EVENT_HOOK_RC config entry

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index c341d42..15aa3c1 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -2337,6 +2337,11 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | HOME           | os.environ        |                                         |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | LANG           | os.environ        |                                         |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | *LC_\**        | os.environ        | all environment variables starting      |
+   |                |                   | with LC\_                               |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | ROVERLAY_PHASE | event             | event that caused the script to run     |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | HAS_CHANGES    | *internal*        | a shbool (``y`` or ``n``) that          |
@@ -2390,6 +2395,9 @@ the config file. An empty string sets the policy to *deny all*.
    |                | *$ROVERLAY\       | executable (which creates the overlay)  |
    |                | _HELPER_EXE*      |                                         |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
+   | ROVERLAY\      | config            | hook config file (`EVENT_HOOK_RC`_,     |
+   | _HOOKRC        |                   | optional)                               |
+   +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
    | STATS_DB       | config            | stats database file                     |
    |                |                   | (optional, only set if configured)      |
    +----------------+-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
@@ -3101,6 +3109,13 @@ EVENT_HOOK
    Defaults to <libexec dir>/hooks/mux.sh if roverlay has been installed
    and ADDITIONS_DIR_/hooks/mux.sh otherwise.
 
+.. _EVENT_HOOK_RC:
+
+EVENT_HOOK_RC
+   Config file for hook scripts (in shell script syntax).
+
+   Defaults to <not set>.
+
 .. _EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT:
 
 EVENT_HOOK_RESTRICT
@@ -3128,6 +3143,11 @@ FILTER_SHELL_ENV
 HOOK
    Alias to EVENT_HOOK_.
 
+.. _HOOK_RC:
+
+HOOK_RC
+   Alias to EVENT_HOOK_RC_.
+
 .. _HOOK_RESTRICT:
 
 HOOK_RESTRICT


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2014-06-05 22:09 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2014-06-05 22:09 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     1c50c6deb1f14af0b48c9f7a9a3b4c856e9dd404
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Wed May  7 01:29:52 2014 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Wed May  7 01:29:52 2014 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=1c50c6de

doc/rst/usage: typo

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index f27e933..6d2879e 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ that tries to create an ebuild for it.
 
 An *EbuildCreationJob* does the following steps:
 
-#. Read the DESCRIPTION file of *p* R package tarball and stores the
+#. Read the DESCRIPTION file of *p*'s R package tarball and store the
    data in an associative array ('DESCRIPTION field' -> 'data')
 
 #. Call `dependency resolution`_


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2014-07-18 16:20 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2014-07-18 16:20 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     ddc44b19a1310813ccbf1a533a1884685bd27ce3
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Fri Jul 18 14:53:53 2014 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Fri Jul 18 14:53:53 2014 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=ddc44b19

doc/rst/usage.rst: document add-policy args

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 45 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 file changed, 45 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index f841f36..c8ffff9 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -514,6 +514,51 @@ to know in detail what *roverlay* does before running it.
 --no-incremental
    Force recreation of existing ebuilds
 
+--package-revbump <package>
+   Enforces a revbump of ``<package>``.
+
+   ``<package>`` can be a package name (``${PN}``), a package name with
+   version (``${P}`` or ``${PF}``), optionally prefixed with its category
+   (``${CATEGORY}/${PN}``, ``${CATEGORY}/${PF}`` etc.).
+   Wildcard characters (``*``, ``?``) are supported, too.
+
+   Incremental overlay creation only.
+   A revbump only occurs if the package exists in the overlay and is queued
+   for overlay creation.
+
+--package-force-replace <package>
+   Enforces a recreation of ``<package>``.
+
+   See ``--package-revbump``.
+
+--package-replace-only <package>
+   Forbids ebuild creation for ``<package>`` if it does not exist in the
+   overlay already.
+
+   Useful in conjunction with ``--package-revbump``, ``--package-replace``,
+   ``--package-list`` or ``--ebuild-list``:
+
+   .. code:: text
+
+      roverlay --package-revbump "sci-R/*" --package-replace-only "*"
+
+
+--package-list <file>
+   A file that lists packages that should be revbumped.
+
+   Same as specifying ``--package-replace-only <pkg> --package-revbump <pkg>``
+   for each line in the file.
+
+   The file can also be in extended format. (TODO: NOT DOCUMENTED)
+
+
+--ebuild-list <file>
+   Same as ``--package-list``, but expects a file that lists ebuild files.
+
+   Useful in combination with ``grep -rl <expr> <overlay>`` scripts.
+
+   The file can also be in extended format. (TODO: NOT DOCUMENTED)
+
 --no-revbump
    Disable revbump checks in incremental overlay creation mode
 


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2014-07-29 18:29 André Erdmann
  2014-08-23 19:03 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 1 reply; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2014-07-29 18:29 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     49009d462b003ccfd5c534680db4ab1e07c50e4f
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jul 29 17:49:49 2014 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jul 29 17:49:49 2014 +0000
URL:        http://git.overlays.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=49009d46

doc/rst: document slot deprule changes

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 6 ++++++
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index c8ffff9..1f6dbb2 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1680,6 +1680,12 @@ Fuzzy Slot Rules
      * ``with_version`` or ``+v``: include version, too (``=<cat>/<pkg>-<pkgver>:<SLOT>``)
      * ``open``: non-versioned slot (``<cat>/<pkg>:*`` or ``<cat>/<pkg>:=``)
 
+   * match behavior
+
+     By default, slot rules match ``<= <version>`` and ``= <version>``
+     statements only.
+     The ``wide_match`` option allows to match ``>= <version>``, too.
+
    * accepted *calculated* slot values can be restricted with
      ``restrict=<list of accepted values`` or ``r=<list>``
    * relevant slot parts can be set with ``slotparts=<selection>`` or


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
  2014-07-29 18:29 André Erdmann
@ 2014-08-23 19:03 ` André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2014-08-23 19:03 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     49009d462b003ccfd5c534680db4ab1e07c50e4f
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Tue Jul 29 17:49:49 2014 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Tue Jul 29 17:49:49 2014 +0000
URL:        http://sources.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=49009d46

doc/rst: document slot deprule changes

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 6 ++++++
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index c8ffff9..1f6dbb2 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1680,6 +1680,12 @@ Fuzzy Slot Rules
      * ``with_version`` or ``+v``: include version, too (``=<cat>/<pkg>-<pkgver>:<SLOT>``)
      * ``open``: non-versioned slot (``<cat>/<pkg>:*`` or ``<cat>/<pkg>:=``)
 
+   * match behavior
+
+     By default, slot rules match ``<= <version>`` and ``= <version>``
+     statements only.
+     The ``wide_match`` option allows to match ``>= <version>``, too.
+
    * accepted *calculated* slot values can be restricted with
      ``restrict=<list of accepted values`` or ``r=<list>``
    * relevant slot parts can be set with ``slotparts=<selection>`` or


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

* [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master commit in: doc/rst/
@ 2014-08-23 19:03 André Erdmann
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 41+ messages in thread
From: André Erdmann @ 2014-08-23 19:03 UTC (permalink / raw
  To: gentoo-commits

commit:     cf093636b7458403591634c74e043d95bbdeec03
Author:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
AuthorDate: Sat Aug 23 19:00:13 2014 +0000
Commit:     André Erdmann <dywi <AT> mailerd <DOT> de>
CommitDate: Sat Aug 23 19:00:13 2014 +0000
URL:        http://sources.gentoo.org/gitweb/?p=proj/R_overlay.git;a=commit;h=cf093636

doc/rst: fix slot rule examples

---
 doc/rst/usage.rst | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/doc/rst/usage.rst b/doc/rst/usage.rst
index 1f6dbb2..c6046c0 100644
--- a/doc/rst/usage.rst
+++ b/doc/rst/usage.rst
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ Example 5 - fuzzy slot rule
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=0..1 :: fftw
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:wide_match:s=0..1 :: fftw
 
 Example 6 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule
    Similar to example 5, but this rule does not resolve anything unless the
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ Example 6 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=0..1:restrict=2.1,3.0: :: fftw
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:wide_match:s=0..1:restrict=2.1,3.0: :: fftw
 
 Example 7 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule with *immediate* value
    Example 6 is not quite correct, as sci-libs/fftw currently uses slot 3.0
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ Example 7 - slot-restricted fuzzy slot rule with *immediate* value
 
    .. code-block:: text
 
-      ~sci-libs/fftw:s=i3.0:restrict=3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3 :: fftw
+      ~sci-libs/fftw:wide_match:s=i3.0:restrict=3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3 :: fftw
 
 
 Please see the default rule files for more extensive examples that cover


^ permalink raw reply related	[flat|nested] 41+ messages in thread

end of thread, other threads:[~2014-08-23 19:03 UTC | newest]

Thread overview: 41+ messages (download: mbox.gz follow: Atom feed
-- links below jump to the message on this page --
2013-06-05 18:08 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next commit in: doc/rst/ André Erdmann
2013-06-13 16:34 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
  -- strict thread matches above, loose matches on Subject: below --
2014-08-23 19:03 André Erdmann
2014-07-29 18:29 André Erdmann
2014-08-23 19:03 ` André Erdmann
2014-07-18 16:20 André Erdmann
2014-06-05 22:09 André Erdmann
2013-11-14 18:24 André Erdmann
2013-09-23 15:30 André Erdmann
2013-09-23 12:34 André Erdmann
2013-09-16  8:56 André Erdmann
2013-09-03 14:32 André Erdmann
2013-08-27 15:39 André Erdmann
2013-08-23 13:52 André Erdmann
2013-08-19 15:42 André Erdmann
2013-08-09 15:27 André Erdmann
2013-08-07 16:10 André Erdmann
2013-08-06 16:02 André Erdmann
2013-08-02 14:30 André Erdmann
2013-08-01 17:14 André Erdmann
2013-07-23 18:34 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-07-23 18:34 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-07-23 14:57 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-07-23 14:57 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-07-16 16:35 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-07-16 16:36 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-07-15 22:31 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-07-16 16:36 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-07-03 10:05 André Erdmann
2013-07-03 10:04 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-07-03 10:05 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-06-26 17:29 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-06-30 15:58 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-06-25 21:10 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-06-30 15:58 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-06-18 14:12 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-06-18 14:12 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-06-12 21:10 [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:gsoc13/next " André Erdmann
2013-06-13 16:34 ` [gentoo-commits] proj/R_overlay:master " André Erdmann
2013-04-25 16:44 André Erdmann
2013-03-05 11:27 André Erdmann
2013-01-28 23:54 André Erdmann
2013-01-09 19:15 André Erdmann
2012-08-20 11:16 André Erdmann
2012-08-17 17:26 André Erdmann
2012-08-16 16:28 André Erdmann
2012-08-15 16:14 André Erdmann
2012-08-14 15:24 André Erdmann
2012-08-10 17:54 André Erdmann
2012-08-10 15:16 André Erdmann

This is a public inbox, see mirroring instructions
for how to clone and mirror all data and code used for this inbox